Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

30 – The Cigar

The next morning, Triquet sits cross-legged in their tent in a pink rayon frock dress from 1975, surrounded by stacks of neatly folded clothes and trays filled with make-up and beauty products. They sing to themself in a soft alto, channeling Beth Gibbons from Portishead: Cause I’m still feeling lonely… Feel so unholy… Cause the child rose as light… tried to reveal what I could feel… And this loneliness… It just won’t leave me alone… It just won’t leave me—

“Hello? Triq?” Mandy’s head leans into view, long black hair hanging down like a flag. Triquet would kill to have hair like that. This mop of fine, frizzled pale nonsense they were born with has been the bane of every costume and incarnation they ever tried.

“Present and accounted for. Come on in here, Mandy girl.”

“Oh. Uh… I mean, okay. It’s not a big… I just wanted to ask— I’m just taking kind of a survey…”

“Ask what you like. Sit yourself down and I’ll do your nails.” Triquet takes a deep breath to prepare themself, feeling old and wise. Mandy’s voice has a neurotic edge that promises trouble. Maybe with a bit of kindness Triquet can help.

Mandy crawls in. “Oh, wow… I haven’t seen…” The inside of the small tent is crowded with items, all ordered in their places. The sleeping bag and pillow are rolled neatly in the corner and Triquet sits on what looks like an ornate prayer rug. Scarves and small tapestries hang from the roof’s seams and LED candles of a variety of pastel hues illuminate the corners to give the interior a soft, homey feel.

“Here. Sit here, facing me. Nice and close.” Mandy dutifully scoots in, cross-legged, til her knees bump into theirs. Triquet holds Mandy’s childlike hands, smiling at her with warmth. “Oh, poor baby’s got a chill. Got to warm you up.” Triquet pulls out an orange shawl they knit last winter from a thick acrylic yarn, and drapes it about Mandy’s shoulders.

The girl’s lower lip still trembles. Her eyes remain haunted. “Thanks. That’s so nice. I just—” Mandy’s breath catches in her throat. “I just wanted to make sure… Just asking everybody… I mean, I know people must blame me for Jay being gone…”

“What? Whoa. No. You?” Triquet’s parental smile falters and their face splits into a disbelieving grimace. “What an odd idea. What does his disappearance have to do with you?”

But Mandy has worked it all out in her head. “I forced him to deal with that shaft when he didn’t want to, and for far too long, and I was going to force him today to do it again, so he obviously left to avoid me and then things just spiraled out of control. So…”

“To avoid you? Seriously?” Triquet unwraps a travel packet of wet wipes and cleans Mandy’s hands with them. Ye gods, how dirty they all are. This will need a second wipe. “Oh, honey-bunches-of-oats, I hope you take this in the best way possible but this is all beginning to sound like a pretty serious case of main character syndrome. Know what I mean?”

“No, this isn’t about me, but it is about what I did to—”

“What you did? Please. Okay, will you bet me? Like if you win, I’ll give you a full makeover and if I win you give me one of those amazing massages? Please. Cause this is the easiest bet ever. I can one hundred percent guarantee you that you, young and brilliant Mandy Hsu, are one of the last things rattling around in Jay’s brain. Think for just a second who we’re talking about here.”

“It isn’t main character syndrome,” Mandy protests sullenly, holding out her fingers as Triquet begins to trim her ragged cuticles with a pair of nail scissors, “if it’s just my idiocy that gets people to endanger themselves all the time. Again and again. I mean, he might be dead! We don’t even know! They said nobody’s ever come back from across the river! Not in like six generations! Katrina asked the villagers as many ways as she could!”

“Mandy. You’ll have to sit still or I can’t guarantee the quality of my work. Please. I’m an artist.”

Mandy takes a deep breath and stops fidgeting, watching Triquet work with minute precision on her nails.

“I think…” Triquet murmurs, “Jay has a plan of his own. Some rare plant he’s looking for or some wild theory he needs to test. He didn’t go just on a whim, or in reaction to what any of us might have said to him yesterday. This is all on Jay, that crazy bastard. But I will bet you he’s still alive. Don’t worry about that. He may be a goofball, but there’s something pretty resilient about him. He reminds me of the stereotypical American G.I. of World War Two. The Germans called him undisciplined and independent. He wouldn’t even stand up straight! But they learned the hard way that there’s something more important than looking good on parade. Jay’s got that. Sure he doesn’t look like much, but I bet in a pinch he’d be the first person you’d want by your side.”

Mandy finally drops her shoulders. “I guess you’re right. I just feel so awful about it! And I don’t know what to do with all this guilt! Every time something bad happens! I just get manic. I mean, what am I supposed to do?”

“Do? I don’t know, do what you did with Pradeep. You and Esquibel have been doing a great job with him. Or are you somehow responsible for his mystery ailment as well?”

“Yeesh. I feel so bad for that poor guy. I wish I could help him more but every time I put my hands on him I can’t help it. I turn green. He has something seriously wrong. Like way deep inside.”

“But it isn’t your fault.”

“No. Of course it isn’t.”

“And Maahjabeen going out to sea isn’t your fault.”

Mandy opens her mouth, then closes it. She finally allows, “I’ve learned that if I say that it was anything other than Maahjabeen’s own choice, she might physically attack me.”

“And we would cheer her on. Have you always been like this?”

Mandy nods. “I was a pretty difficult older sister to my brother, that’s for sure. I wouldn’t let him have a thought of his own until he was like ten. I always need everything just so.”

“Control freak.”

“The freakiest.”

“Okay. And now finally…”

Mandy gives Triquet her full attention. She appreciates the care they’ve shown her, even if it leads to difficult conversations about herself spoken with a bluntness she finds shocking. “Yes?”

Triquet holds up two bottles of nail polish. “Green or orange? They’re both gels and they both work with your coloring.”

Ξ

Alonso and Flavia sit side by side in their camp chairs. A bit of ragged sun keeps peeking through the cloud cover, warming the air. Flavia compiles her latest version of Plexity’s user interface and watches the progress bar slowly advance across her screen. How much of her life has she dedicated to watching that bar? Years? At least. “And… done. Try it now.”

Their laptops are linked. Alonso opens the program and tries out her changes. “Wait. Where did my options go on this screen?”

“I wanted to make them consistent across all the screens so you can find them under the…”

“Ah. Everything’s in the settings now. Not sure I like that. Yes, it’s more organized but the user will need to take two extra steps to access them. I’m actually wondering, since the collections are all so context-specific, if we might make the intake options part of the collection process. Like a prompt screen before they begin, to reset their parameters for each input. Because what we are learning…”

“Well, sure we could do that, if you want to take fifteen years to finish all your collections…”

“…is that our collectors are spending as much time fiddling with the framework as they are with the actual upload of data.”

Flavia sighs. An inevitable crisis faces Plexity. Perhaps this is finally the time to bring it up with Alonso. “Well. Maybe slow is better after all. Because, you do realize, signore Dottore, that we will never collect even ten percent of the samples you want from the interior of the island. Not in the next four weeks, at least.”

Alonso remains stubbornly silent. His hand finally opens and rotates, as if to say, perhaps/perhaps not.

“Listen, Alonso. You haven’t been in there but the rest of us have. And the idea you have, before you ever spent time in there, is too simple. This island is huge. It’s like—like I don’t know. The size of Venice. You would need so much time to fully explore each and every canyon and hilltop in there. There is no possible way in the four weeks we have left. Especially with hostile natives.”

“If they weren’t so hostile we would already be halfway done.”

This statement is so obviously false Flavia isn’t certain how to respond. She leans back with an irritated sigh. “No. No, you don’t get to blame your unrealistic goals on them. Look. You need to step back from this and look at it better. I know this was like your pacifier when you were locked away but you need to think of it as a funder would. Or a school oversight committee. Think, Alonso. What would you say if someone proposed to cover like twenty square kilometers of an island with a small team in two months?”

“If the concept was sound, I would support it with all my heart.”

“But the concept isn’t sound. The logistics are completely off. I don’t know. I’ve been wondering if there is a way we could get the islanders to help us with collecting but it seems like we’re moving farther away from that, instead of closer. And we only have four extra readers anyway. That’s the real bottleneck.”

“But I’m counting on you. You said your machine learning would help. The automated algorithms. What happened to that?”

Now Flavia is affronted. Instead of acknowledging his own shortcomings, he’s attacking her? “No, that has nothing to do with it. They are already saving you so much time and effort. But they can’t crawl around in the woods on their hands and knees. For that, you still need people. A lot of people. And a lot of readers.”

“So what do you propose?” Alonso has never felt such immense irritability. This—this nerd seems to do nothing but complain. She lives to point out flaws in everyone else’s work and ideas. “I’m beginning to feel that if things were up to you, Flavia, nothing would ever get done.”

“Nothing would ever—? I built you a working fucking prototype of Plexity in two weeks, you ungrateful asshole. And now you are being an even bigger asshole, thinking you can push everyone to do this impossible amount of work in the next four weeks. If I was in charge of your grant application, it would be denied. I wouldn’t even read past the first page. You need to re-focus on something you can actually accomplish here. Like just the lagoon and beach. It is reasonably cut off from—”

“Reasonably cut off? Think about what you just said, Flavia. There is no boundary for ‘reasonability’ in Plexity. It needs to be a hermetic, enclosed system for us to achieve the proper baseline for the program. It is making me wonder if you truly grasp what it is we are doing here.”

“Now don’t you talk down to me, you boomer.”

Alonso sits up straight. “I am Gen X, I will have you know.”

“Boomer is an attitude, not an age. Just do the math, if you’re such an amazing data scientist. I would say we still have 18 square kilometers of work to accomplish. In 29 days. Let’s see. That’s almost 621 square meters per day, or the area of a small house.”

“Divided by just those four readers and that’s only 150 or so. Ha. The math didn’t work out in your favor, did it?” Flavia only frowns at him. “Look, I know it will be hard. I know we don’t have nearly enough time. If I had written the grant I would have set the initial mission for two years here.” This provokes an involuntary shiver of revulsion from Flavia. “But we only have eight weeks. So we shoot for the stars. I am convinced, as we speak, that Jay is somewhere in the interior making a huge number of collections.”

“He didn’t take a reader.”

“Amy says he doesn’t need one. He will bring back hundreds of samples at least. And with his scouting report we will be able to decide how to approach the rest of the island. I am glad he took the initiative. We have been moving too slowly.”

Flavia just stares at him, then shakes her head in distaste. “Men.”

Ξ

Esquibel exits the bunker, stiff-legged and squinting. She realizes it’s the first time she’s been outside the clean room in nearly two days. The camp is gray. There’s a ground fog still at the edges of the camp under the ferns, but a sea breeze is beginning to riffle the air and chase it away. She shivers. “Doesn’t it ever get actually warm here?”

The only one here to answer her rhetorical question is Katrina at the kitchen tables. “Yeh, why couldn’t we come in the summer? I bet it’s pretty nice.”

But Amy, returning from the creek with a wash basin, disagrees. “I bet it’s more like San Francisco summers here. Temperature inversion. Howling fog. No, I bet this is the nicest weather it gets. Remember how Alonso said it’s under a cloud cover nearly every day of the year?”

“Well, then, next time can we please study a tropical island in the Indian Ocean?” Esquibel crosses to Katrina, who hands her a mug of hot water. “Ah, thank you. I am freezing.”

“How’s the patient?” Katrina stands before a hot pan, making a tottering stack of pancakes. She puts three on a plate for Esquibel and hands her a fork and a packet of honey.

Amy pauses drying the dishes to hear Esquibel’s answer.

“I don’t…” Esquibel drops her head, suddenly weary. “I need better diagnostics. Actual labs. This is some weird island bug that I haven’t seen before. Primary neurotoxic activity with secondary cardiovascular effects. And he just isn’t responding to any of the treatments yet. I’ve been going very slow, only trying things with few contra-indications and minimal side effects. Gram-positive antibiotics. Gabapentin. Nortriptyline. But anything else I try moving forward will have serious risks. I don’t like having to make blind guesses. I’m not used to it.”

“Is Pradeep in pain?” Amy brushes a tear away and goes back to wiping down the plates. “Is he stable?”

Esquibel shrugs. “He hasn’t coded again. But sometimes it seems he is getting close. And his breathing can get very weak. I gave him CPR like three times last night when it seemed he stopped.”

“Jesus.” Katrina kneels beside Esquibel and hugs her. “What a hero. You need to get some sleep.”

“Yes. Just a bit of fresh air and a bathroom break and then a quick nap. Mandy has instructions to wake me if there is any change in his condition.”

“What if…?” Flavia trails off, her mind racing. “Alonso, what if we took a Dyson reader blood sample from Pradeep? Perhaps it could find a virus or bacteria that isn’t supposed to be there.”

Alonso just stares at her. “Huh. I don’t know if we have a control… Has anyone put their own sample into a reader yet?”

Esquibel shrugs. “I don’t know what good that will do anyone. It would only be able to tell us like what the molar weight of a viral factor would be and maybe whether it’s gram negative or positive. Without a database of already known pathogens, we wouldn’t be able to do a thing about it.”

“Well, does it have any human source data?” Alonso asks Flavia. “The Dyson readers came pre-loaded with all kinds of databases of known organic…” His voice tapers off as he queries Plexity about its own capabilities.

Flavia shrugs. “I haven’t looked. There’s been no reason.”

Alonso reads aloud, “Chinese Female Proteomic snapshot, Liaoning Prefecture, Age 29. Chinese Male. Age 33. Female, 22, Hebei. There’s hundreds. Huh. Who knew? And why are they all Chinese? But I don’t know if there’s any kind of directory or…”

Flavia’s fingers fly on her keyboard. “Where did you find that?”

“Under Miscellaneous. Remember? We created that folder for all the bells and whistles we thought we wouldn’t use.”

“As long as the data is there, I can create a query that will find what we want.” Flavia is back in her element. Actual concrete inputs that she can work with. She unzips a whole hidden database of human-derived samples. Columns of newly-liberated data scroll down her laptop. “Wow. It is a lot. Scattershot DNA. Proteomics profiles. Microbiomes. I will need some time. Sort through all the garbage. Figure out what the best lexical strategy is.”

Mandy appears in the doorway of the bunker, on wobbly knees. She leans against the frame.

“What is it?” Esquibel stands immediately, putting her plate on the table. “Is he in trouble?”

Mandy holds up a weak hand. “No. He’s fine. Just me. I fainted. I…” Mandy takes a couple steps, then doubles over and grabs her knees. “I was just trying to offer a little support, you know. Just hold his feet like I do for Alonso, but wow. Maahjabeen just found me on the floor. She said she’d heard me collapse. She’s in with him now. I just need some…” Esquibel wraps an arm of support around Mandy as she sags against her. “I don’t know what’s wrong with him, Skeebee. But whatever’s stuck in him, it’s awful.”

Ξ

“Pradeep.” Maahjabeen waits for Mandy to depart then she kneels beside his cot and kisses his slack mouth. “Darling. Mahbub.”

But he doesn’t respond.

She doesn’t care. She doesn’t care anymore who might see her, who might learn their secret. He is gravely ill. The only man who has ever truly loved her, the only man whom she has ever truly loved. He is only twenty-four and he has a whole life ahead of him. She kisses him again and rests her head on his hollowed-out chest, a mewling cry escaping her.

Maahjabeen prays silently, fiercely, calling on Allah to bring His grace back to Pradeep. She lifts the cold brown hands, kisses every knuckle. A panic rises in her. He shouldn’t still be on this island. He should be on a medical evacuation helicopter. He should be getting wheeled into a state-of-the-art hospital, surrounded by trained staff and beeping machines. Instead he rests on a makeshift cot in a room made of plastic sheets. And they are only waiting.

What bit him? Maahjabeen hasn’t seen any sign, in all her time on the beach, of any of the spiny urchins or anemones that could have caused this. He didn’t ever cry out. There was no point where he appeared to get injured. He just fell asleep on the beach after his panic attack. Maybe this was part of that somehow. Stress could do strange things to people. She knew a girl in college who studied so hard she held the muscles in her neck rigid for too long and caused stress fractures in her cervical vertebra. She literally studied so hard she broke her neck. Crazy things could happen. Or maybe it was intentional. Maybe it all started that night before, with the Lisicans sharing their seafood catch and Pradeep retreating into his tent. Maybe they had secretly drugged him somehow? Then that led to his paranoia and a reaction to it. He somehow knew all along. And now he’s dying…

Or maybe he just ate a handful of bad berries.

“We don’t know. Darling, we just don’t know…” His eyelids flutter so she kisses them again and chafes his hands. Now his breath deepens. Maahjabeen cries out and gathers him in her arms. She keeps chattering at him, making pillow talk in Arabic.

Pradeep pulls his eyes open. They are watery, distant, covered in a milky film. His hand trembles in her grip. He tries to speak but his jaw slides sideways and drool drips from his lip. “Eyyyyhhh…”

“Pradeep. I’m here, my dearest. I will always be here.”

His face slowly screws up into a trembling scowl. His lips purse. “Mock. Jah. Bean.” Then his neck can no longer hold his head and his forehead falls against her shoulder.

A long moment later, after a trickle of warmth has flowed into him, he pushes his face up against hers, then pulls back to look her in the eyes. He says it for the very first time. “I… love you.”

“I love you, too, you amazing man. And you will get better.”

“Just having you here…” His back engages and he sits up a bit. The film over his eyes starts to clear. “I am not so cold. Because you are here… and I love you. It’s the cold, Maahjabeen. That’s what… is killing me.”

“I will never let you get cold. Ever again.” Maahjabeen opens her jacket and pulls him into it, nestling him against her warm skin. She rolls him back onto the cot, cooing. Then she turns, to place herself beside him.

And that’s when she sees Esquibel standing in the entrance of the clean room, frozen in shock, hands parting the plastic sheets. Maahjabeen has no idea how long she has been standing there. She doesn’t know what she heard. Ah, well. Inshallah. What’s done is done. The important part is that being here helps Pradeep. She nods at the doorway. “Come. Doctor Daine. He is conscious.”

“Yes…” Esquibel moves decisively into the room and sanitizes her hands. She puts on a mask and nitrile gloves, then places a hand on Maahjabeen’s shoulder. “Please. I need to inspect him.”

“I cannot let go.” Maahjabeen’s eyes flash protectively. “My warmth is what is keeping him awake. He just told me.”

Esquibel pauses only half a breath before shaking her head to clear it, to strip this salacious scene of all its implications and to move forward with the new information alone, just as any trauma care doctor must do. Data is data right now. It can be a soap opera later. She puts a stethoscope against Pradeep’s neck, to hear it slow and turgid through his carotid. But as she listens it seems to deepen in volume and capacity, steadying. Huh. Perhaps the Tunisian siren is right. Well. It is nice to see her care for someone, even if it is a shock to see the two of them like this. “Pradeep…?” She gets down into his field of view. His eyes are open, dark and staring at the floor. His trembling arms disappear around Maahjabeen inside her jacket. What in the world. “Are you with us?”

“Hello… Doctor…” Pradeep’s voice is a ragged whisper. “You have to… help me fight this.”

“Yes. Good. That is the plan. We are both fighting together, yes? Can you tell me what it is we are fighting, though?”

“It’s down here…” Pradeep pushes the heel of one hand against the top of his pubis bone, just below his navel. He writhes upon making contact, twisting in Maahjabeen’s embrace. “Aaaugh…”

“La, la. Shh.” She soothes him, drawing him in again. Her eyes catch on Esquibel’s wondering stare and flicker defiantly, then soften into helplessness.

Esquibel’s own gaze melts and she puts a loving hand alongside Maahjabeen’s face. Their secret is out. Good for them. Two lovely idols, they are. And besides, their NDAs will keep the secret theirs. Now it is just between the Muslim girl and her god and Esquibel has an atheist’s impatience with the significance of that.

Pradeep settles, Maahjabeen replacing the pressure of his hand with the fullness of her hip, solid against his belly. Her voluptuous warmth soothes him and he releases a groan.

“Lower intestine?” Esquibel wonders aloud. “Digestive? Would you say it is digestive what you are experiencing?”

Pradeep shakes his head no. “Forgot I even had… an appetite. No. That’s all vanished. It’s just… this pit…”

“My guess has been neurological, from your symptoms. Have you ever suffered nerve pain or any nerve conditions before?”

“I don’t know. Why?”

“Just if you have a point of reference. Neuralgia doesn’t all feel like hitting funny bones. There’s impinging pain, like when a muscle entraps a nerve, or when you get a kink in your neck, or really nasty trigeminal pain from teeth. It can be burning or itching or sharp stabbing. Would any of those apply to how you feel?”

Pradeep shakes his wobbling head no. “More like… I’m being… pulled down… into the cold pit.”

“How cold? Are you going numb?” Esquibel, crouching beside him on the balls of her feet, pivots so she can grab his leg. She hits his patellar tendon below the kneecap with the edge of her stethoscope and is encouraged to see his reflex work properly. She takes off his shoe. “Tell me if you can sense this.” She softly pinches his big toe. “Can you feel anything?”

“Uhh…” Pradeep frowns. “Your hand on my heel?”

She squeezes his toe more firmly. “Yes. My hand is on your heel. How about anything else?” She pinches the meat of his toe.

Pradeep’s face collapses with anxiety. “That’s my toe, isn’t it? Why can’t I feel my toe?”

Esquibel takes off his sock and tries the other toes on his foot. First she runs the cold surface of the stethoscope across them but he doesn’t react at all. Then she pinches each of them.

“No! No! What happened to my toes?” Pradeep buries his face in Maahjabeen’s neck. She holds him tight and stares at Esquibel with urgent need.

Esquibel replaces Pradeep’s sock and shoe then gently pulls one of his hands away from Maahjabeen and pokes at his fingertips.

“Ow. Okay. I can feel my fingertips. Just my toes then. My poor toes. They’ve been… in the pit too long. You got to…” He shakes his head, the image of the endless mud overpowering what he sees with his eyes. “Nngh. You got to get me out.”

Esquibel goes back to his legs. She runs her hands up his sciatic nerve, rolling him onto his side. She pulls down his pants and tracks it into the base of his spine, directly above the girdle of his hips. With an inhaled hiss of disquiet, she takes out her light to more closely view what she has found there.

“What?” Maahjabeen heard her hiss and fears what it could mean. “What is it?”

“Right at his lowest vertebra, like lumbar five here. A pattern of dots. And now they are inflamed. And here. They look like this.”

Esquibel takes a photo and holds her phone up for Maahjabeen to see. It is the outline of an animal’s head, a tight constellation of puncture wounds in the small of his back. Each of them have grown angry and infected, connecting to each other in the vague outlines of a cave painting. It is unmistakably the head of a fox.

Ξ

“Ta-daaa…” Katrina kneels before Alonso, unveiling a plate with a pile of rice, a filet of whitefish, and a sprinkle of seaweed.

“Oh, thank you, my dear. How did you know I am starving?”

“I don’t think you’ve moved all day, have you?”

“No. I…” Alonso gestures helplessly at his laptop. “I am very busy. I am very much feeling the deadlines closing in on us.”

“Ha! Are you? We’ve still got like three weeks left, right?”

“Four! Exactly four weeks. Exactly halfway today. And Flavia, in her artless and direct way, informed me she thinks there’s no way we will finish our primary Plexity mission before we must leave. So now I am very busy.”

Katrina sets the plate on the platform beside his chair and stands.

“Do you?”

His voice makes her pause. “Eh? What’s that, mate?”

Alonso repeats, “Do you think we can finish in time?”

Katrina wonders how she might handle this situation best. She doesn’t have enough data to decide. She must listen first. “Well… Remind me what the goals of the primary mission are.”

“To characterize all the life on the island.”

Katrina nods slowly. “Okay. Well then I’ve got a question for you. Does it require a rich context for each sample? You know, what the sample is near, at different times and places, all that?”

“Of course. The relationships are the primary hallmarks of life. Not their own individual characteristics. That is the whole point. The purpose of Plexity is to show there is a larger living breathing meta-organism that—”

“Then no.”

“No? What do you mean, no?”

“You need a hundred thousand samples. We can’t get you a hundred thousand samples in the time remaining. I’m sorry. But it’s just physically impossible. You see that, right? I’m not saying the whole project is impossible. But if what you’re asking for is a variety of samples of about, I don’t know, 9000 life forms? Can we get you one Dyson profile for each of those 9000 samples by May 19th? Yes, I think so. And that can be like your scaffold, right?”

Alonso leans back with exasperation, lifting the plate and shoveling food into his mouth.

“Right? Isn’t that how it usually works? I figure we’re doing a great initial assay of the site, right? Isn’t that, uh, standard protocol for something like this? We get a nice broad overview and then we go back to our institutions, those of us who have them, and show them all this fantastic documentation and write a huge grant proposal for another year out here or something. That’s what I figured we were doing here. I mean, the idea that we could be finished here in eight weeks is, well, kind of silly, isn’t it?”

Alonso can’t look at her. He stares at the columns of data on his screen but he can’t derive meaning from them at the moment. His emotions churn so strongly in him he is afraid he will be ill. “And you think they will let us back on the island after our eight weeks is over? Eh, Katrina? Is that what you are counting on?”

“I’m not counting on anything. But why wouldn’t they? I mean, who does it belong to? Still the military? I thought they were about to give the island up because of some big new satellite agreement. Isn’t that what’s happening? So then we just have to worry about, I don’t know, competing research programs showing up and like rich assholes with yachts? I mean, who’s going to come all the way out here for an unsupported expedition except lunatics like us? All I’m saying is I don’t think we need to be completely done here in four weeks. We just need to show a compelling snapshot to the powers that be so we can continue our work. I mean, Pradeep and Amy said they could spend the rest of their careers here, easily.”

“Yes. Of course. You’re right, it’s just…” Alonso lifts and drops a hand, unable to put into words how much he has invested in these expectations. They literally kept him alive. And sane.

Katrina covers Alonso’s hand with her own. “Hey. It’s okay now. You aren’t like fighting for your life any more. You’re surrounded by all your loved ones. And like, admirers. Right? It was something Pavel could never accept. That he could like put these things down that he held for so long to help him survive and finally relax.”

Alonso nods, not really hearing her. “Yes. Well, thank you for your kind words. I should get back to Plexity, now that we’ve all decided that it will just be a shadow of what it could be. Yes.”

“Alonso, that’s not what I meant. I’m in this for the long haul. Eight weeks, eight years. You hear me? I want to see the end of this. But properly. You had to know eight weeks wouldn’t be enough. I mean, didn’t they show you the size of the island?”

Alonso shrugs. “Yes, I admit, it is larger and… more complex… than anticipated. I didn’t know about all these tunnels. I thought we would be further along than this by now. Yes. But all we need are four six-hour shifts for collection teams. And during that six hours you just need to cover one hundred square meters. Flavia worked it all out. In the 28 days left it is really quite a reasonable goal. Then boom. One hundred thousand samples just like so.”

Katrina nods, her smile empty, realizing she has told him all he is able to hear at the moment. She brushes a strand of his curly black and silver hair back from in front of his eyes. “Got it. You know… Another thing… Mandy and I were talking… Thinking maybe this isn’t your very best night to try a round of MDMA therapy?”

But Alonso has already returned his attention to his laptop. “Eh? What’s that? What is MDAA…?”

“The molly.”

“Ah. Yes, we should definitely wait.” Alonso makes a weary face. “Between Jay’s disappearance and Pradeep’s… condition, I can’t ask anyone to face more risk or…”

“Well, it’s not risk. It’s perfectly safe, but the vibe is certainly…”

“Regardless of that, I think we can both agree that yes, this is not the right time for it. Thank you for checking in. And please. My compliments to the chef. The dinner is delicious.”

Ξ

“Smoke ‘em if you got ‘em.” Jay stands at the bottom of a shaft of gray light, the first natural light he’s seen in thirty hours, rolling a joint. It’s not the easiest thing to do without a table. That’s why he’d pre-rolled five fatties before he’d started on this whole trip. But those are all gone now.

First he grinds some of his daily driver, a combination of OG Kush and Alaskan Thunderfuck. It usually gives him the old solid rocket booster in the shorts when he needs it. But it doesn’t make him paranoid or manic. The Kush keeps him grounded.

It’s been a hard day so he adds a bit more than normal. Then he unscrews the grinder to scoop out some of the kief dust that had collected in the bottom tray. A real hard day, yo.

He dabs his tongue along the paper’s edges and twists it closed. “Man, I love getting high.” Jay lights the joint and takes a couple big cigar puffs to get it going. Then he releases the billows of smoke into the shaft of light, watching their edges uncurl like seventh-dimension monsters of thought. “It’s like, I get to schedule all my highs and lows throughout the day. Like guaranteed.” He feels the rush outward through his scalp into the universe above as his feet send down roots into the soil below. “And now I’m on this planet again, but for real. Yooo. I’m back, bitches.”

He has been walking for hours already this morning, following the interminable curving tunnel, always bearing left ahead of him. He walked all day yesterday as well. It doesn’t make any sense. Math has never been his strong suit but he’s been trying to puzzle it out in his head as he went. The circumference of Lisica can’t be more than, what, twenty kilometers? If it’s like on average four by five kilometers, let’s say a diameter of five. Then it’s… uh… 3πr? So the radius would be like two and a half. Three times pi is nine. Nine times two and a half is like twenty-three. “There’s no way I’ve only walked twenty-three klicks! I’ve put in like twenty solid hours.”

But this is the first time he’s seen any light coming in from above. He relishes the change, after the monotonous hours that hadn’t afforded much of any entertainment. He almost wishes to be like Pradeep, who can effortlessly generate all these fantastical monsters out of the dark to be terrified of—which would be entertaining, but his brain just doesn’t work that way. Jay sees what’s in front of him and that’s pretty much it. And what he’s been seeing for too long is this gray tunnel and its curving parallel rails. Last night he hiked until his phone battery died. Then he crawled into his emergency bivy in a doorway out of the way of the rails just in case anything ever came down them. He plugged his phone into his spare battery and slept pretty soundly, all things considered.

No. He’s not really given to flights of fancy. What he knows with certainty, deep in his roots, is that this world they live in surpasses all else in wonder. No imagined fantasy monsters or palaces or even religions that people can make up in their heads can ever compare to the true infinite complexity of Mother Earth around them, the majesty Jay gets to study each day.

“And I get it.” He cinches his pack, takes one last gigantic drag off the joint before he crushes the roach beneath his heel and field-strips the paper and ash. He fishes out an energy bar and continues walking. “I’ve seen what it’s like in Nebraska. I drove across a few times. But who knows, maybe religion there does seem like a bigger deal on the flat land. I get it. But what you got to do, brother, is just travel one day west and you’re in the Rockies. Then you’ll see what religion’s all about. The peaks. The canyons. I mean, this whole island is all the god I need. Rising up like a… a giant statue from the deep. Yeah. And now I’m crawling across god’s face.”

Jay likes the sound of his own voice. The rush the weed brings delights him and fills him with the fantasies he just derided. He sees the island rising up from crashing seas like a vengeful Polynesian volcano deity with an insatiable hunger for virgins.

Oh, now he’s entertained.

He walks for a couple more hours, his sparkling high fading into monotony. He passes another couple slanting rays of gray daylight, shining through cracks in the tunnel above. He eats some banana chips and empties his last water bottle. But still he doesn’t worry. He likes walking. And he’s needed a huge hike like this to really unscramble himself after being laid up for so long. He’ll find some water somewhere.

Every once in a while he passes junctions, where the rails split and veer into solidly sealed-off tunnels. But it doesn’t look like a mining operation here. Everything’s too clean. It’s all just solid concrete that hasn’t nearly ever cracked or even stained over the decades. Sometimes he’ll find chipped and faded orange numbers at the junctions. He made out 13 at the last one. It relieved him to recognize the language. If this had been like a giant Soviet weapon installation he was crawling through, that would creep him out. It would be like playing a video game in real life. And not fucking Stardew Valley either. This is more like Half Life.

“Come on, now.” Jay takes a deep breath. “Well, you said you were bored and wanted to freak yourself out.” He groans, his feet finally dragging. “Aw, man. This is so dumb. What am I missing? I got to be missing something. There’s no way those kids came all this way. This is like some seriously Kafka bullshit here.”

He realizes if there’s anything anywhere it’s got to be at the junctions. He hadn’t looked very closely at 13 back there because it seemed like all the others and he’d gotten it into his head at the beginning of this walk that the way out would just be at the end. “Come on, now. You can turn around. It’s just right back there.” But Jay has a masculine intransigence that keeps him straining forward. It’s been his undoing down here for sure. “There won’t be another junction for hours, tough guy. Come on. Turn back.”

So with a last lingering look at the unchanging curving tunnel ahead, Jay finally swings himself around and retreats to the junction he left ten minutes before.

His phone is already at 78%. He’s kept it on the lowest setting for the light to extend the battery but he’s not too worried about losing power. The brick he carries is strong enough for five full recharges. Now he cranks it up, painfully bright, to investigate all the nooks and crannies of the wide junction. It is an irregular chamber, with two branching rail lines going off to two directions toward the left, shaped like an aorta from a heart. He inspects the solid concrete walls that seal off the two tunnels. No, there’s no getting through either of them. Maybe he’s wrong. Maybe he’s just in an irregular spiral that somehow continues forever. Maybe he’s already dead and he doesn’t even know it.

Oh. Wait. There’s a door.

Ha. Just as he was about to give in to despair after all. Fucking door right in front of him. Inset in the wall behind the orange number 13. But does it open?

Jay pushes on the steel panel with the toe of his boot and it swings partially open, metal on dust the only sound. A hallway beyond is filled with gray light.

Jay turns off his phone light, squinting in the glare. There’s a smell here, a smell he never thought he’d smell on Lisica.

Jay totters forward toward the light, a ridiculous smile on his face. He hears water trickling in the distance, and sees that the hall ends in an old gun emplacement dug into the cliffs. The gun is long gone but its narrowed defensible view still commands a broad swath of the ocean’s horizon out there. The gray light slants in at a strong angle. This interior chamber, a good thirty meters wide, is full of plants. Their gardener works among them, pulling weeds. She stands, an old Lisican woman in a modern canvas apron, t-shirt and jeans, smoking a giant handmade cigar. She looks at Jay blankly. He can’t tell if he is welcome here.

Jay points at the sativa bush beside him with glee. “Ganja.”

The woman nods, expressionless, and extends to Jay the cigar.

Chapter 29 – Kill Him

July 17, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

29 – Kill Him

“Has anyone seen Jay?” Mandy addresses the wider bunker, then parts the slits of the clean room to check in on Esquibel.

She is reading an official report of some kind, which she dismisses from her phone as Mandy enters. “Jay? Eh, no. I am sure he is out somewhere collecting Alonso’s million samples.”

“Yeah… That’s what I figured. That flake. He said he’d help me with my elevator idea today and I don’t know what I’m doing.”

Mandy enters the clean room and kneels beside Esquibel, kissing her temple and dragging her nails through the tight curls of her lover’s scalp. She rests her head on Esquibel’s shoulder. “So tired. I danced so hard last night. And now we’ve got an MDMA session set up for Alonso tonight. Poor me and all my excesses. Maybe instead of working on the elevator I should disco nap instead.”

“Yes, that is a good idea.” Esquibel turns to her laptop and opens a research paper that she has been meaning to study on the treatment of dermal fungal infections. “You go ahead and I’ll be in there soon. Rub your feet. Then I’ll wake you when he gets back.”

“Mm.” Mandy likes the sound of that. “You’re the sweetest. What are you working on?”

“I am starting to see an incidence in foot problems. My own, and Miriam has made a complaint. We may be picking up new types of infection from the sand and everything. We have no idea about the microbes here, despite Alonso and his Plexity. It doesn’t matter, all of the information it gives us, none of it can tell us yet if these new strains of fungus or bacteria will actually harm us, or how to treat them. Not even in a petri dish or a clinical setting, to say nothing of disease in the real world. No, Triquet…” Esquibel addresses their imagined presence, “the social sciences do not win. Medicine, biology, chemistry, and physics still rule us all.”

Mandy blinks at Esquibel. “Are you okay?”

Esquibel’s smile turns to glass and her insides go cold. There is something so incisive about the way Mandy asks that it seems to shine light into all her shadows. She pretends to misunderstand. “Oh, yes. It’s just a bit of itching and cracking between the toes. Frankly, it could be that the skin is getting dried out by the wind and saltwater that we are constantly exposing them to.”

“That’s good. But, no. I mean…” Mandy grasps for the words that might describe the dissonant vibe coming off Esquibel. It’s something she’s noticed more and more over the last… three days? Four? Something is bothering Skeebee and she isn’t letting on. Mandy shakes her head. “If you were having any problems, you’d like share them with me, right? You wouldn’t be the protective big sister or anything to protect my feelings, would you?”

“No.” Esquibel covers Mandy’s hand with her own. “I mean, yes. I wouldn’t hide things from you, Mandy. Not anything I’m… required not to. But that’s just military stuff. Nothing to do with you. With us. I guess if you’re sensing anything it’s just that I wish I had more to do. I’m happy to take samples for the project all day every day but it just seems…” Esquibel shrugs. “It is something that a grad student could do. Most of my skills remain… unused.”

“Ooo, what kinds of skills? Are you like a, what do they call them, a general practitioner? Sorry I’ve never asked. Almost all the doctors I know are specialists but you haven’t mentioned any…”

“If you recall, I was always interested in surgery so that has become my specialty. Combat medicine. Field surgery. Pulling bullets and shrapnel out of muscle and bone. But we do not get very many of those injuries when we are not at war. So it is a lot of training and simulation. So, yes. I am, for the most part, a GP like you thought. Dispensing Tylenol and referring sailors to physical therapists and psychologists. You, know, the real fun stuff.”

“God, are they scared of you? I bet they must be scared of you, coming to you with their problems.”

“What do you mean?” This is a safer conversation and Esquibel giggles, reminding herself how much she loves Mandy. “I am an excellent doctor.”

“You’re just so fierce. Nobody would want to tell you their problems. I can’t imagine wondering if I had, like, chlamydia and having to talk to judgmental old Doctor Daine about it. You’d probably yell at them for not wearing condoms.”

“Of course I would! That is my job! And these aren’t normal civilians you have to coddle. They are military personnel. I give them orders. They follow them or get written up. It is… very different from this situation here.”

Mandy laughs at her. “That’s what I thought, you big bully.” She cups Esquibel’s sculpted cheek in her hand. “It’s good to see you laugh. Don’t forget to.” Then Mandy kisses her marvelous full lips and stands. “Off to find someone, anyone who might help me figure out my elevator.”

“Yes, but after your nap. I’ll be right there.” Esquibel watches Mandy’s lithe form slip away, overwhelming fondness rushing through her. She is the heart of what Esquibel fights for, the prize who is easily worth all the sacrifices. As long as Mandy and all these other dear ones remain safe, Esquibel doesn’t mind whatever eventually happens to her own self. As Mandy’s brown and black silhouette dissolves in the semi-opaque plastic sheet of the clean room, Esquibel chuckles sadly. Because, make no mistake, there will be no happy fairy-tale ending for me.

In the bunker, Mandy finds Katrina at the work tables. She leans over the golden girl and rests her chin in the notch of her clavicle. Katrina, deep in a column of Python, absently reaches back and pats her head. The soft sheen of the long hair identifies who it is. “Mmm. Mandy Dandy.”

“Katrina, my dream-a.” Mandy kisses her ear and sits back. “Sorry to interrupt. You haven’t seen Jay, have you?”

“Noper.” Katrina just wants to resolve this last bit of logic before she tears her attention away. “Maybe he’s, uh, fishing?”

“Oh! That’s a good thought. Hey, we need to talk about our upcoming session tonight sometime. Coordinate some things, I figure. Let me know when you’re free.” Mandy kisses her again, unable to get enough of the feeling of Katrina’s soft skin against her lips. Her smell. She kisses the edge of her hairline one last time.

“Mm.” Katrina waves in the air, wanting Mandy to feel seen and heard, but she is already gone.

Through the door and across a mostly empty camp, with only Alonso and Flavia working on their laptops in silence, Mandy shuffles through and onto the beach. She crosses to the redwood trunk and scales it, squinting against a band of silver-white afternoon light against the horizon. It’s almost easy to forget there’s this huge, impossibly vast ocean out here. Mandy realizes that the redwood trunk falling across the beach and blocking their view of relentless infinity has done wonders for them. It’s allowed them to turn inward and get to know each other. It’s like some kooky feng shui principle. All their energy was leaking out into the open sea before, lost to this cold uncaring oblivion. Now they can conserve it and build something here. Hopefully… an elevator!

On the beach, Maahjabeen helps Pradeep haul the kayaks free of the lagoon’s lapping tides. He swoons and falls to his knees. Oh, no! What’s wrong with Pradeep? She scrambles down toward them. There’s no sign of Jay, not on the sand or in the shallows. Maybe he’s hiding in the little lean-to beside her, taking the nap that Mandy is fighting so hard against.

She drops onto the sand and finds the driftwood lean-to empty, although a blue fleece blanket almost entirely covered in sand has survived at least one high tide. Mandy pulls it out and twists the seawater out of it. She hurries toward Maahjabeen and Pradeep. “Hey there. Are you guys okay? How’s the water?”

Maahjabeen laughs, a short unhappy bark. “Very cold. Very… adventurous.”

“We fell asleep on this pocket beach over there.” Pradeep points east, along the coast beyond the sea cave entrance. “Got hit by a wave. Totally doused. Still feel…” He shakes his head, eyes blank.

Maahjabeen pulls the blanket from Mandy’s hands a little too roughly. It is evidence of a tryst she needs to hide. “Thank you. Sorry. I left it in there and forgot it.” She tosses it into the hatch of the kayak and drags it further up the beach. “Ehh. So hungry.”

“Yeah, I really need something warm. Has Jay cooked any more feasts today?” Pradeep moves like a zombie, his limbs stiff.

“I can’t find him! I hoped he was down here fishing.”

“Probably in the trees somewhere like a… simian.” Pradeep stumbles and drops his kayak. “Woo-ooo. I’m sorry. I can’t seem to… I think I might be getting sick.” Pradeep stands again, face ashen, and takes a deep breath, trying to marshal his reserves.

“Oh, no!” Mandy hurries to him and relieves him of the plastic handle at the yellow kayak’s prow. She hauls on it, following Maahjabeen around the end of the trunk in the woods.

Pradeep shuffles behind.

“How can he be sick?” Mandy asks Maahjabeen as she catches up to her. “There’s no new bugs on this island, nobody to even catch anything from.”

“I don’t know, but it is my fault.” Maahjabeen seems more upset about this than Mandy thought she’d be. “I felt the water hit but I kept sleeping. We both did. I should have realized what was happening and gotten him up earlier. But of course we were so far apart from each other, sleeping nearly on opposite sides of the beach, really. Now it is a shock to his system I think. Exposure or something. Maybe Esquibel should look at him. Ugh. So stupid!”

Maahjabeen lets her anger at herself fuel her march through the sand, which is difficult when she is so tired and hungry. She finally deposits Aziz under the big platform and directs Mandy to do the same with Firewater. But Pradeep struggles through the sand to get to them. Throwing caution to the wind, Maahjabeen hurries to him and puts an arm around his shoulder to support him as they make their way to the bunker and Esquibel in the clean room.

Mandy watches them go. There’s a whole host of strange vibes coming off them, enough to make whatever is afflicting Esquibel seem innocuous. When did everyone start getting so mysterious? She thought they’d reached some kind of transparency and fellowship here in the last few days. Mandy shrugs, letting it go. Who ever even knows with Maahjabeen? She’s always unhappy about something. “And I still haven’t found Jay!”

Ξ

“Now this is more like it.” Jay thinks he may have rediscovered the trail taken by the pollen people on this downward slope into a small canyon. It’s no more than a game trail but at least he can convince himself the depressions in the soft soil were made by human feet.

Tracking them was easy at first. The pollen of their masks left a trail like magic fairy dust, at least for the first few hundred paces. But as the woods grew more dense and the trunks of the fir trees crowded together into a gloomy, witchy canopy no more than a meter off the ground, the golden dust appeared less and less frequently until it disappeared entirely.

At the edge of the thicket Jay had to make a guess, dropping onto all fours and crawling through a dense stand. His backpack off, pushing it ahead of himself through the low passage, he was quite certain he’d lost his quarry when he spied one last faint streak of pollen on a branch above.

That led to the slope and this little hidden canyon. It is a cleft in a limestone cliff hidden by black oaks. There are no more signs or tracks leading to it but this must be where they headed. It’s that or they scaled the vertical cliffs and he sees no way to do that.

“Into the mouth of the monster.” Jay reads too much fantasy to think about this in any way other than epic adventure. Gird thyself for battle, young hero. But what kind? He’s never seen himself as like a classic fighter type. He’s more of a druid or a ranger. He’d like carry a spear and speak with the animals. If there was any magic in the world at all, he’d be a ranger of the mountains, sand, and sea. Ensconced in his daydream, he pushes his way through a stiff stand of ceanothus, preparing himself for conflict. Maybe he should get his knife out. Or at least keep it handy. “Bah. Who am I kidding? I’m not a fighter or a ranger or anything like that.” Jay takes out his phone instead. “I’m a wizard.”

Now he pauses at the entrance to the canyon. He really doesn’t want to surprise anyone. Not after his last interaction. He’d get his ass feathered with a dozen arrows before he took a step. “Actually, haven’t seen any bows and arrows. It’s all spears and nets so far. Wonder why? Whoa… Uh. Ding dong.” Jay has stepped between the sheltering trees into the canyon to find a lovely little glen, filled with madrone trees and butterflies and wildflowers. “So beautiful.” Jay brushes a hand over the flowers and inspects his palm. Next to no pollen. So, they must have played their games here first before going further afield. What is that all about, anyway? “Some kind of… spring festival? Rite of passage? Pollen collection service? Hello? Anyone home…?”

Jay edges his way into the glen, keeping up his nonsensical chatter. He’s never seen irises so gigantic, with varieties he’s pretty sure exist nowhere else. Also, the luxuriant dark green ferns have a weird extra bend in their sprouting fiddleheads. Neat. He might get something named after himself here after all. But stop goggling at everything, you dope. Now is not the time to do fieldwork.

He parts the fronds of the ferns to push deeper into the glen. “Guys? I just have questions, more than anything. What’s all that pollen for? And were those hunters gonna spear you too? Or are you like part of their tribe? Sorry if tribe isn’t the right word…”

A small grove of mature redwoods stands at the head of the canyon, hoarding nearly all the water and leaving a meager muddy stream for the rest of the glen. There is no sign of human presence or activity anywhere he looks. It remains entirely untouched. Despite his anxieties over being lost in what appears to be enemy territory, Jay allows himself a pleased smile. Alone in nature, getting up to trouble. That’s been his whole life. And it’s just so got damn beautiful in here. If this is where he dies, so be it.

Jay steps into the fairy ring of the redwoods and pulls up short. “What the…?” There is a ragged pit at his feet, leading down into darkness. The roots of the redwoods have been manipulated around it over the decades in an irregular woven ring. He drops to his knees, to make out recent disturbances in the duff from several pairs of feet. This is it. He did it. He tracked them all the way back. “To what, though? What is this?”

Jay turns on his phone’s light and shines it into the hole. “No way. That’s impossible. Isn’t it?” The light shines on the rusted steel structure of a ladder’s top rungs. He inches closer and tilts his phone further down, careful not to hold it directly above the hole in case he drops it. Yeah, that’s a long ladder alright. Dropping way way down into pitch blackness.

Jay rolls back onto his heels. “Well. That’s creepy as shit. But what am I going to do? Sit here and wait for the hunters to track me down? No way. I bet this is another one of those uncrossable borders, like, between these people and the others. Like we got the river as a border between the two villages, right? A super strong border. Cause who in their right minds would go down this thing unless they know what’s at the bottom?” He takes a deep breath, surprised how disappointed he is to find an artifact of the modern world here in this wilderness. “Yeah… Just when I’d thought I was getting away from all the madness of civilization.” As he talks he senses a bit of white noise from the vegetation on the far side of the redwoods, further up the glen but heading close. When he stops talking the noise also stops.

The hunters. They’re coming.

Jay shivers and pulls his pack back on. “Yeah. Okay. Fuck. That didn’t take long. Oh, well. It’s been a nice life. Bit short, but at least I got to discover some plants.” And then, holding his breath like a scuba diver rolling off a boat, Jay thrusts his legs through the hole and starts climbing down the rungs as fast as he safely can.

He counts his steps, eyes squeezed shut. When he gets to thirty he realizes he’s still holding his breath. He lets it out in a silent stream, unwilling now to give any more clues to the hunters above where he may have headed. Not that there’s any doubt where he went.

After just two more steps he finds himself on a concrete shelf. The hole mouth is a small gray opening far above. He wants to move away from it as fast as he can but he isn’t sure how. He feels forward with his feet, hoping against hope that the hunters’ heads don’t appear in the hole above.

The shelf is narrow with a sharp drop off, only a meter wide. Jay edges away from the ladder and the hole above, feeling with his hands along the dirty concrete wall at his back. What in the ever-loving Cold War of his grandparents is all this concrete doing down here? Just how many wildernesses around the world did those busy bastards ruin? Looks like the answer is all of them.

His fingers reach the flaking rust of a steel frame. A doorway. And it’s wet for some reason. If he ducks through then he’ll be out of sight of the hole above and he can use his phone’s light.

The door is smaller than he estimated and his pack gets caught on a ragged piece of steel. It tears the ripstop nylon a bit before the old rusted flake falls off with a clatter.

Cursing under his breath, Jay kicks the bit of metal through the door and carefully feels his way along the frame where his pack caught. He doesn’t want to leave any fibers in the frame for trackers to find. That’s what he’d be doing, if he was hunting himself. He’d be looking at all these choke points for any bits and bobs of hair or cloth.

Now he’s through and his hands are shaking. His breath’s a bit ragged too. “Turns out,” Jay whispers to himself, “it’s hella stressful to get hunted in the dark. Who knew?”

He lifts his phone and turns on his light. “Holy smokes.”

Jay stands in a grand curving tunnel. The tunnel has rails and a couple small derelict carts pushed up against the end of the line to his right. Like mine carts but with specific fasteners and brackets atop. Long unused. Like decades. “Are they even American…?” Jay wipes the grime from one cart, looking for serial numbers or anything. He can only find a few raised symbols at the base of the steel brackets, but those could belong to anyone.

“Damn, I don’t want to be down here with all this industrial crap. I want to be outside.” He stands unhappily in the middle of the tunnel, looking back and forth over and over. “You know, where I can be spitted like a pig and they can nail my hide to the front gate as a warning to all others.”

Jay sighs unhappily, cinches his waistbelt tight, and marches resolutely down the curving tunnel to his left.

Ξ

“Gah, I need a better shaker table for the amount of material we’re talking about here. Something bigger and automated. This little tray is taking forever!” Miriam stands back from her worksite at the far edge of the camp, and tilts the corner of the multi-layered tray into a plastic cup, where a fine sand has been separated from the dross. “I got one reading from the Dyson reader with a dry sample but I should see what a wet one does.”

Triquet stands to the side, leaning on a shovel, trying to recall what motors they might have on hand that could be repurposed into an automatic shaker. “We just need one really good vibrator strapped to one of the legs. We should ask everyone.”

Miriam wasn’t listening closely. She makes a shocked face. “Uh, what? A vibrator? Whose legs?”

“No. To the table leg. Get your mind out of the gutter, you catty old thing. I’m just trying to figure out your problem.”

“Ohh. Not a terrible idea. Who do you think might have one?”

“Well. If I was a betting person, First I’d bet on myself. But…” Triquet flutters a modest hand over their chest, “it is one of my regrets that I did not bring with me the toy I affectionately refer to as my bone flute. There wasn’t any room in my bag and I thought we’d be in more dorm-like sleeping arrangements so…”

Miriam is unable to stop laughing. She needs to sit, holding a hand in front of her mouth. “Oh my god, Triq. You just rocked my world. If I ever hear the phrase ‘bone flute’ again I’ll probably wet my pants.”

“Well, what do you call yours in Ireland? Your… your tea and crumpets? Your bangers and mash?”

Now Miriam is laughing so hard she can hardly breathe. “Stop! Stop! I’m already dead!”

“So, then, definitely not me. I’d say you and Amy are up there in terms of vibrator candidates. Everyone knows how you old ladies love playing with your cootchies.”

Miriam’s laugh turns rueful. “Well, I can’t answer for Ames, but I haven’t… I mean, I kind of went cold for a few years. It was all too emotional and intimate so I just threw myself into my work…”

“Wait. Girl. Are you telling me you’re not taking care of yourself? Tell me. When was the last time you had an orgasm?”

Miriam blushes. “Uh, two nights ago? No, don’t worry about me. Alonso is a very considerate lover. Very. But it’s true, there was a long dry spell, there. And I do mean dry.”

“Oh, you poor thing. So no for Miriam. Yeah, and I don’t think I know Amy well enough to ask her. Despite all that bubbly cheer she’s actually quite private, isn’t she?”

“Oh, yes, that’s her mask. The bubblier she gets the more upset she is. She can never figure out how I know, but when she’s gotten me a third cup of tea in five minutes I can tell she’s upset.”

“The tea! Seriously. What is up with that? Okay. Well. We’ll skip her. My next guess would be Jay. He probably puts all kinds of things up his butt. What? Don’t you think?”

But Miriam is laughing too hard again. “Or, god, Pradeep. If he has one it’s probably made of ice or something.”

“Ice pick as vibrator. Dangerous but exciting. Yeah, he’s a weird one. Not sure he’s ever touched himself, or had anyone touch him. I wonder if he’s still a virgin.”

“Him and Flavia and—”

“No, there’s no way, sister. I don’t think Italian women are even virgins when they’re born. Ew. Wait. Sorry. That came out wrong. They’re just so… worldly. I just think that Flavia has such a math brain that she can’t be bothered to have sex with a human being. Maybe her vibrator is like an entire robot that she’s constantly re-programming to get her off better.”

“Who’s left? I can’t imagine Katrina even needs one.”

Triquet makes a judicious face. “No, that chick is like a walking vibrator. Just being near her gets everyone hot and bothered. Imagine what living a day in her shoes would be like.”

Miriam sighs. “Exhausting! No, I doubt there are any vibrators here. If Mandy and Esquibel are using any then I can’t in good conscience take their toys away.”

“Not without washing them at least.”

They laugh again, until Miriam is wiping the tears away. She hugs Triquet. “Oh, thank you so much, dear Doctor. I haven’t had such a good laugh in ages. God… Now that I’m climbing out of my hole I’m seeing how deep and dark it was. But no more holes!”

“Well, especially if there aren’t any vibrators around…”

They laugh even more. Miriam pushes herself away from the worksite, exhausted by the problem-solving and the labor. “And just like that, it’s dinner time. Come wash up with me, Triq-star.”

“Ooo, I like that.” Triquet strikes a pose. “I am the Triq Star. Falling down from above. Like some David Bowie character.”

“Did I ever tell you about the time I saw Bowie live?”

“Oh my GOD I’m just going to cut open your skull and take like a bath in all your memories.” Triquet grabs Miriam’s head and playfully squeezes it. “Was it Ziggy Stardust? Please tell me it was Ziggy. Although if it was, oh my god, I’d have to kill you.”

“No. It was in the 80s. The Let’s Dance tour. So much fun. I dressed as his Little China Girl for Halloween one year. Christ. Can’t believe how racist that is now…”

“Uh, where is everyone?” They’ve made their way to the wash basin at the kitchen tables in camp. But the platforms and tents are all empty. “We weren’t that far away, were we? Are they in the…? Hello?” Triquet opens the door to the bunker.

Everyone is in there. Alonso and Amy, Katrina and Flavia and Maahjabeen, who looks like she’s been crying. They all stare at the clean room, where Esquibel and Mandy’s blurry figures bend over Pradeep’s prone form.

Miriam’s carefree smile fades as she enters. Alonso reaches out to her. His face is a storm. “Ah, Mirrie. Please.”

“What? What is it, Zo?”

He kisses her hands over and over, tears in his eyes. “Pradeep. He-he just suffered a cardiac arrest.”

“He WHAT?” Miriam cries out in grief, her knees buckling.

Triquet is struck dumb. Their face closes and their spine folds, as if they’ve been punched in the gut.

“Is he…? I mean…?” Miriam can’t say the words.

“Esquibel has stabilized him.” Amy’s voice is entirely without inflection. Miriam has never heard it sound like this before. “He’s out of danger now. She says.”

Miriam throws her arms around Amy, who can’t seem to find it in herself to respond. “But what happened? A heart attack? Really? But… how? He’s like twenty-four. Perfect health.”

“It was our nap on the beach.” Maahjabeen’s face is fearsome to behold. Her eyes are so sharp with pain Miriam can’t hold her gaze. “My fault. All my fault. I should have woken him sooner.”

“What, just some cold water…?” Miriam shakes her head. “But that doesn’t make any sense.”

“Yeah, I think he was maybe stung by something in the tides.” Amy says this quietly. Alonso and Katrina nod in support. “Urchin or sea snail or… But so far we can’t find any site on his skin where he might have…” She shrugs as Maahjabeen wails aloud in guilt.

“But… will he be okay?” Miriam’s voice is tiny, hopeful.

“We don’t know yet.” Alonso’s mood is as dark as it’s ever been. “We don’t know how long his brain had to go without oxygen. Hopefully no time at all but… We just don’t know.”

“No imaging equipment here,” Katrina murmurs. “Doc said she’s just got to go off visible symptoms and old-fashioned manual diagnoses. But right now she’s having him rest.”

A glottal sound is expelled from Pradeep’s throat and his body convulses. Esquibel raps out an order and Mandy holds him down. Maahjabeen wails again and Amy drops her head in anguish.

“I can’t get him to stop shaking.” Esquibel’s voice is a bit strident, out of patience. “If that happens again it’s recommended to put him in a medical coma, but I don’t have nearly the monitoring—”

Pradeep convulses again.

“No, Pradeep! Please! La tamutu, ‘ana ‘uhibuk jdaan!”

Katrina glances at Maahjabeen. She’s learned enough Arabic to know Maahjabeen has just professed aloud her love for Pradeep. But she doesn’t know if anyone else could translate her cry of grief. She doesn’t think so. Oh, what a tragedy.

Pradeep’s face twitches and he settles again. “Perhaps I will just try sedation. We can take turns watching his vitals. I will just try diphenhydramine first. Intra-muscular.” Esquibel opens a series of small plastic boxes, preparing the injection.

“Is that safe?” Alonso has always held the medical superstition that the longer a thing’s name is, the more dangerous it must be.

“Yes. It’s just Benadryl. They use it for outpatient procedures all the time. Like a colonoscopy. Very safe…” Esquibel bends over the form of Pradeep. He grunts, then his breath rattles in his throat. “Turn his head. Clear his… Here.” Esquibel puts down her implements and with a hooked finger pulls Pradeep’s tongue clear of his airway. “Such barbaric conditions. But there. He’s already doing better now.” She checks his wrist pulse with her fingertips while consulting her watch. “I think your guess about a neurotoxin from a marine creature is a good one, Amy. Even if we can’t find a site where it bit or stung him. Who knows? Maybe he ingested it. Either way, I just want to calm his nervous system down.”

“He didn’t eat anything.” Maahjabeen stands, unable to sit out here any longer without him. She approaches the clean room and parts the slit with her hand.

“Please don’t,” Esquibel tells her, holding up a hand. “It might be infectious. You might make him worse. Or he might infect you. I’m sorry, but we will let you know when you can…”

But Maahjabeen doesn’t wait to hear the rest of Esquibel’s official visitation policy. With a ragged sob, she turns and flees from the bunker.

“Gor blimey, we’ve been here, what? Four weeks?” Miriam shakes her head in wonder. “Who knew this place would be so dangerous?”

Ξ

“They say you don’t know what you don’t know…” Katrina and Mandy sit beside the creek, tossing pebbles in, “…but sometimes I think I don’t even know what I do know. You know?”

Mandy sighs. “No, I don’t know. I didn’t know very much before I came here. Just enough atmospheric science to make a career of it, maybe get a state or federal job in the next couple years. But now… I mean… I guess I know how to start a fire. Screw up a science mission. Turns out those are the only things I’m good at.”

“Don’t sell yourself short, babe.” Katrina playfully kicks Mandy’s foot. “You’re a world-class arsonist. Biggest fire this island’s ever seen. They could see that shit from space.”

“Ugggh. I can’t believe you’re teasing me about it. I thought you liked me. But you’re so mean.” Mandy kicks her back.

“I do like you, Mandy Dandy. You should hear what I say about people I hate.”

“Everyone thinks you’re just this sweet little Australian blonde girl, don’t they? But you’re a raging bitch under there, aren’t you?” Mandy holds up a hand to forestall any protest. “I mean, as a closet raging bitch myself…”

“Closet? You sure about that?” Katrina cocks her head to one side, closing one eye in a grimace of disbelief.

Mandy squeals in outrage and swats Katrina, who giggles, then sighs and checks the time on her phone. “Looks like I’m stood up.”

“What? Damn it, is the dude just like hiding from me at this point? What did I say to him?”

“Well, a closet bitch wouldn’t ever say anything bad, would they?”

Mandy swats Katrina again. “I wish I was like you. Get to work on anything you want, just following your brilliant little ideas. But I. Can’t. Do. Any. Work. Here and it’s driving me insane. I have like six thousand dollars worth of software on two pretty new laptops and I can’t use any of it. And everyone else is like earning Nobel prizes every day while I sit here picking my nose.”

“Maybe he meant 6pm California time. Which is probably more like 7pm. But where is he? He asked me to do him the favor. It wasn’t like I was pining for his attention.”

“No. God. How could you? Jay is so goofy. Even if I was into guys, I wouldn’t be able to even like finish a first date with him.”

“Aw, I think he’s cute. But he’s got the self-awareness of like a yellow lab. Definitely not husband material. But I bet you could have a killer spring break with him. I love surfer bodies. To me, that’s the ideal human shape. Male or female or whatever. Yum. I’m sorry. What were we talking about?”

“Oh my god,” Mandy curls a lip in distaste. “Are you crushing on Jay? I thought I respected you and your taste.”

“No! Not crushing at all, Mandy. I think maybe I just have a… less discriminating palate than you. Like you’re a super taster and I’m one of those chicks that just eats everything. If it looks good and it’s in front of me, then it’s all mine.”

Mandy giggles, tossing another rock in the stream. But her ego takes a hit. She thought Katrina felt the same way about Mandy as Mandy did about her. Now Mandy realizes that even though she just got past the first audition, everyone else did too. She ain’t as special as she thought she was…

Amy appears, ducking her head around the broad green leaves of the creekside vegetation. “Oh! Hello hello. Anyone seen Jay?”

They laugh at her.

“What? You’re waiting for him too? This is like some Agatha Christie scene. Where is the murderer?”

“I think Mandy sees it more like Waiting for Godot.”

Mandy lifts helpless hands. “I’ve been looking for him all day!”

“And he told me on the dance floor last night to meet him out here tonight at sunset,” Katrina adds, “cause he wanted to show me something totally boss.”

“Hm. Yeah. We’ve been doing creek samples for the last couple days at different hours and under different weather conditions. Tonight is supposed to be eighteen hundred hours. I thought I was going to be apologizing to him for being late.”

“So where could he be?” Katrina asks. “Last time I saw him he was on the dance floor trying to teach his new mates to twerk.”

“Did anyone see if he slept in his hammock?” Mandy wrinkles her nose, a growing unease trickling into her.

“Oh, god.” Amy realizes the implications and hisses with worry. She turns back to camp and hastens to it. As they cross the sand she sees that Mandy and Katrina have caught up to her. “I was in Jay’s things earlier, looking for one of the Dysons. And at one point I was like, ‘huh, this pile seems light,’ but I didn’t think any more about it.” The day’s light fades as Amy leads them to his hammock and its small platform where he keeps his gear. She rifles through it. “No pack. No water bottle. Yeah, that’s fine if he’s just out collecting all day. But there’s a bivy I gave him for his birthday that is missing here. You only take that out for overnights. Ugh. No no no. What are you doing, Jay?”

“Wait. You think he went back to sleep with the Lisicans last night? He wasn’t that drunk.”

“I think we can all agree,” Amy says tightly, walking slowly back toward camp, “that Jay doesn’t make the best decisions all the time. Come on. Somebody hold my hand when I tell Alonso. This isn’t going to be very much fun.”

Ξ

Pradeep regains consciousness in darkness. It’s as if he is dragging himself with all his strength from a deep airless pit of sucking mud. He is first aware of his breath, catching it with his diaphragm and bearing down with all his might so he can build the resolve to drag himself another millimeter clear of the mud. But he knows it is just a metaphor. He is trapped somewhere deep within his body. And he is so weak and cold…

He bears down again, pulling himself clear of whatever is dragging him down. He realizes it’s dark because his eyes aren’t open. Lifting his lids will take another herculean effort and he doesn’t know if he’s up for the task. His inexhaustible curiosity scratches at some outside door of his mind like a cat wanting to be let back in. But he can do no more than listen to it scratch.

These metaphors are quite useful. Let’s see. What happens if he lets that cat in? Then his curiosity can re-engage. But does he have the energy for it? Somewhere, floating in this febrile trembling sea of ink, a measure of vitality must still survive somewhere…

Pradeep braces himself and pushes his eyelids flutteringly up, the muscles of his brow and nosebridge spasming from the effort. He is surprised to find himself in the clean room. It is well-lit. Esquibel dozes in a camp chair at his side.

Pradeep is blank. His head totters on his neck and his fingers tremble. What is wrong with him? His eyes focus on the gleaming outline of Esquibel’s sculpted cheek. Her skin somehow reflects the harsh LED light of the lantern, lending her a halo. His holy protector. What do they call those…? He gropes for the word. “You’re… my… angel.” It comes out as a slurring mess. Pradeep stops, appalled at how he sounds.

But the noise wakens Esquibel. Her eyes clear and she looks intently at Pradeep, surprised to find him looking back at her. “Eh. Pradeep. Nice to see you here with us.”

He only stares at her. Her words fall down into that mud pit in his center, pulling away any meaning or impetus to act.

“How are you. Thirsty, I imagine?” She holds a water bottle with a straw up to his face. He blinks slowly as she tries to push his lips apart to insert the straw. “Drink. Come on, now.”

Pradeep can only watch her. But she is right. His mouth is so dry it is sealed shut. Maybe he should obey her.

Sucking is hard, but probably easier than any other activity. It is perhaps the first instinct a baby has. His esophagus and cheeks contract and a drop of water reaches his mouth.

It clears the dryness from the tissues but when it trickles down his throat it seems to feed the mud pit deep within him. A bloated pressure of nausea builds in his guts. He stops and closes his eyes.

Pradeep feels Esquibel’s hand on his forehead checking for fever. Her fingertips press against his pulse on his right wrist. But he can’t seem to get his eyes back open. “What is wrong with me?” Well, the intention of his statement at least is recognizable in the moan and grunt that come out.

“Something stung you, we think, when you were out at the beach with Maahjabeen. Were you stung? Do you remember?”

But Pradeep hears no word after Maahjabeen. It is like a spell that unlocks something deep and preserved within him. There he is, way far away, hidden in a tiny little cavern deep inside himself. Why is he down there, when he can be out in the world again with the most beautiful woman alive? “Mach.” It is very important for him to say her name and have it come out right. “Mach. Jah. Bean.” Like a prayer against vampires, compelling them to withdraw from his holy words, her name finally forces the pit of cold mud to recede and lessen its grip on him.

Now he takes a deeper breath, opening his eyes again. “She… is… here…? She’s… okay?”

Esquibel marvels at his resolve. “Uh, yes. Everyone else is fine. Maahjabeen is fine. Except we appear to have lost Jay and now everyone is out in the middle of the night looking for him. Some of them have even gone through the tunnels to talk to the Lisicans. Madness. So, just you and me left here. We obviously couldn’t leave you alone.”

“Why…? am I sick?”

Esquibel hides her worry behind the professional mask she long ago adopted. Pradeep looks like a stage four cancer patient. His cheeks and eye sockets are bruised hollows. His skin is ashen. “Well. Not as sick as we feared. Looks like you’re getting better as we speak. But you don’t remember anything biting you? Stinging you? Did you step on anything? Eat anything? No?”

Pradeep shakes his tottering head. He thinks back to what he recalls last. Nothing about getting here. Only being at that lovely little pocket beach, Maahjabeen’s hip in the palm of his hand, her dimpled smile for him, a tenderness building… Ah! That’s right! He was having a panic attack. He was worried that the Lisicans would… would… He feels a trickle of that old familiar anxiety. But it seems to call the mud. Oh, no. His energy is fading again. It bubbles up once more from within him, this disgusting enervating affliction that someone has laid upon him. It’s unlike anything he’s ever felt. Not the pneumonia or dysentery or malaria he struggled through as a child, none of them felt this way. They burned and sizzled in him, dragged on his guts in different ways. But there is something calculated and malevolent about this… this thing he feels inside him. He knows deep in his bones that it was laid upon him intentionally, and that if he cannot find a cure, it will kill him.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

28 – Just Getting Started

A tiny pocket beach of soft gray sand holds two figures intertwined on a blanket. The morning is warm. The wind is nonexistent. The sea murmurs instead of roars.

Maahjabeen kisses Pradeep’s hairline from one side to the other, little soft benedictions meant to quiet the unhappy buzzing in his skull. His latest extended outburst appears to be over and now he lies trembling in her arms, as spent as if he’d orgasmed.

Maahjabeen finally understands the reason for this quivering tension in him. Pradeep had been holding it close since the day before, when he had grown so withdrawn yesterday evening. She had almost bought, along with everyone else, his complaint after dinner that he was exhausted when he withdrew into his silent little pyramid, but she’d known something was bothering him. She’d assumed it was a touch of anxiety about their changing situation but this is much more than a touch. It is a storm, a flood of panic that has no basis in reality.

The idea that other hidden people live on this island—modern people with secret agendas—had been an idea he couldn’t dismiss. It had shocked him yesterday, it turns out, that everyone else hadn’t become as paranoid, as if they’d all rise up and beat the rushes from one end of the island to the next looking for spies or something. Now he thinks they’re all being wildly reckless because they were able to… what, change the subject? Realize there’s more than one thing to worry about out here? Celebrate Jay’s delicious catch and thank the Lisicans? All that should just be shelved until the mystery of the villagers who won’t get sick is solved?

“This is why you need God, dear one.” She nestles his face maternally in the holy space between a woman’s jaw, shoulder, and breast. She is cooing to him, watching the sea birds sailing above, petting his face. Satisfied with how his trembling is fading away, Maahjabeen is encouraged to continue. “It is too easy for you to fall into your own personal view of things. Your own reality. But when you know there is a single divine eye watching down on you, witnessing and judging every moment of the world around you…”

Pradeep lifts his head. His smile is tight and his laugh is staccato. “Ah hahaha. Maybe you don’t tell the guy with anxiety that there’s an all-seeing eye that sees everything he does, always judging him.”

“No, but He loves you!” Maahjabeen caresses Pradeep again. “It all comes from a place of love. Can’t you see that? It is where my love comes from. And you like my love, don’t you?”

Pradeep stares at her with helpless ardor. “I love your love.”

“It is the same love. That is all I am saying. And judgment is good. It keeps us living healthy, righteous lives. Lives with meaning. The scriptures contain all the wisdom one needs in life. It is like a guide book, a rule book our holy ancestors wrote down…”

She continues instructing him in the details of her faith. But he had stopped following after she had said it is the same love. Wait. Her idea of god’s love is the same as this incomprehensible and glorious love that she is showering on him? Well then, blimey. Sign him up. Maybe he’s ready for religion after all. He could never worship nearly anything he has ever discovered in this universe, except for this. This tapestry of honey in woman’s form. This love, as pure and infinite as the ocean. Yes, he will happily worship this. He buries his face deeper into her soft skin, this holy temple, letting the words soothe him, until he is dozing in her embrace.

Maahjabeen listens to the tide, her voice fading. Good. The more she talks the further she drifts from the essential core of her faith. Ultimately, she isn’t much of a religious scholar. She is not actually excited by the textual details of her religion. It is the culture that it provides and the mystical insights it unlocks within her, especially out here in the middle of nowhere. Oh, they couldn’t be more alone if they tried, just her and the man she loves. Who would ever need more than this? They could fish from their boats and build a driftwood hut up against the cliffs and live happily here forever, or at least until a storm wiped them all away…

Eh, what was that? Maahjabeen realizes her eyes have also closed and she starts back awake, Pradeep heavy in her arms. What did she hear? Feel? Sense somehow? What was it? The beach is empty. The kayaks, blue and yellow, still rest safely above the tideline. The sea remains calm. Out at sea, she glimpses a sheen of wide black skin rolling, just breaking the surface, on the far side of the waves. Ah, is that her orca spirit animal watching over her?

Yet her spine still itches of being watched. She needs to see up behind her on the cliff before she can settle. But that will mean dislodging Pradeep. “So sorry, love.” She slips out from under his embrace and is surprised that he doesn’t wake.

Sitting up, she turns. There is nothing but the bleak cliff behind her. Maahjabeen studies the bare walls of it until she is satisfied that whatever may have regarded her is now gone. Perhaps it was the orca, watching over her. Or warning her…

Something uncanny fills Maahjabeen when she turns away from the cliffs. She swears she caught a glimpse, just before she turned, of a native person, of indeterminate age and gender, just a fat little golem of a person with graying ringlets and a multitude of fetishes hanging from their dark cloak in the shadows at the base of the cliff. But when she looks at the spot again she sees no one.

Maahjabeen frowns, reality fraying at the edges. She has always been happy to have a deep mystical connection to the great and grand forces of the universe but this witchy nonsense is creeping her out. Is it real or is it a figment of her imagination? Why would her brain ever do this to itself? She had been so happy, content, with Pradeep in her arms.

But what if it’s real…?

Maahjabeen turns away from the spot again, and once again catches the briefest glimpse of the same person, standing hunched at the base of the cliff where they hadn’t been a moment before. She snaps her gaze back, but no. Nothing.

Now Maahjabeen can’t tear her eyes from the spot. “Pradeep.” She nudges him. “Uhh. Baby? Can you give me a hand?” But for some reason, once again, he doesn’t wake up. She pokes him even harder. “Pradeep. Hey. I need you.”

A chill descends from the cliff, tendrils of fog whispering down from the sky. What is going on? Why can’t she wake Pradeep up? Something malevolent is looming over her from the cliffs above. It is that shaman, someone she’s never before seen. There must be another one of those horrible tunnels that connects to the interior and now this creature is here, raining curses down on them.

It is the power of the sky that the shaman invokes. Maahjabeen knows this intuitively, the cold forbidding sky. And she knows as well that she is not without her own power. She is a dedicated maiden of the sea. And the sea is right here. In fact, her protector lies just offshore!

Without another thought, Maahjabeen stands and runs barefoot, clad only in her panties and bra, to the edge of the water. The sand is dark and the air is cold against her back. She isn’t looking at the cliff but she can distinctly see in her mind’s eye the shaman lifting a staff from which hang more fetishes, ready to call on powers dark and dreadful to keep her from reaching the water. All she needs to do is touch mother ocean, and she will find shelter from the sky under her cold dark waves.

Then yes! Another sheen of black from the water and this time a white eyepatch! It is her orca! Her mighty orca! And no clever monkey of the land, regardless of their spells and tokens, can fight an orca and win! “Oh, thank you, God, for sending me an angel!”

Maahjabeen touches the ebbing tide. It is even colder than she recalled, and forcefully reminds her that it is no sanctuary for her. She needs the air to breathe. The cold will steal her life. As much as she might wish she is a mermaid, she is a human woman after all and she is destined to live and die on land. So she turns back, filled with the strength of her conviction that this edge of two worlds—no, three—between the land and the water and the sky, is where she belongs. And no shaman’s curses can dislodge her from it.

The water splashes her, again, running up her side. This is a big wave. She needs to drag Pradeep and the boats clear. Aziz and… and… what did Amy name her other boat?

The water runs up against her once more, covering her face and nostrils… She sputters, sitting up. Oh, no! They’re swamped!

She startles awake. It had been a dream. A horrible dream and now she’s really here on the beach. She’d fallen asleep on the blanket with Pradeep and the tide had come in. It had been the tide hitting her three? four times? before she’d finally woken up.

Dizzy, she pulls Pradeep to his feet. He is still groggy, in a stupor. The blanket twists in the flowing current around their feet. The water is so cold. Then the leading edge of the wave touches the cliff face and pulls back, dragging the kayaks toward the sea…

“No! La! La!” Maahjabeen squeals, pushing Pradeep toward the blue kayak, which founders on rocks near where she left it. But Firewater (of course that’s its name!) is racing out to sea on the top of the tide. She churns after it, unable to let the sea take her boat.

Maahjabeen stumbles in the retreating surf and it soaks her, shocking her with its frigidity. But the yellow kayak meets the next wave rushing in and it is pushed sideways, then pressed against the sand below as the water overtops the hatch and pours in.

“No!” Maahjabeen screams again, reaching the kayak and dragging on it before it is swamped entirely. The wave crashes around her, nearly knocking her from her feet. But she regains her footing and stubbornly hauls the kayak from the water.

Shivering, spent, she rejoins Pradeep, who is fully awake now and waiting for her with a dry towel. He scrubs her, murmuring tender words, and prepares both of them for a quick retreat back to camp.

The shock of the water and nearly losing her boat forces all other thoughts from her head. It is a long time before Maahjabeen ever thinks of her nightmare again.

Ξ

“Living my best life, yo.” Jay climbed this bay tree last night and a wide nook separating one of its primary limbs from the trunk was enough of a spot for him to curl up in and survive the cold. Yet somehow he’d slept well. Must have been all the wine and weed. His emergency bivy sure helped too. Now he rolls it up and stows it away, studying the soft gray dawn light through the trees.

He is fully stocked and prepared for once. His injuries no longer hamper him. He wears his best gear and carries a full pack. Now it’s time to finally take the measure of this fucking island.

Jay drops to the ground, his legs not quite working yet. He falls sideways with a laugh into the duff. Well, at least it’s a soft landing. He picks himself up to find a pair of children waiting patiently for him at the base of the tree. “Oh! Hey! What’s up?” Jay fishes for his mask as he stumbles back to a safe distance. They watch him impassively. The kids here have such fine, impish features that he can’t tell if they’re boys or girls or… or foxes. They both look like little kits, with yellowish eyes and pointed muzzles.

Jay pulls off his pack and finds a bag of dried banana chips. He chews a few, easing his hunger, and holds out the ziploc bag to the kids. They don’t reach for it, though. They just watch him. “Pretty tasty. You don’t know what you’re missing… No? Okay. More for me.” He puts the chips back in his pack, takes a long drink of water from a steel bottle, and swings his pack back on. “Okay now. Let’s get cracking. I’ve been waiting to do this for weeks!”

Jay steps out from under the low-hanging canopy of the tree to scout the gentle hillside. He and the kids are in the interior valley downslope from the village, with the stream and wider river at the bottom of this vale, unseen down below. It had been an excellent camping spot last night, quiet and safe. The boys he’d partied with, Ahkhaachooix and Tlél wugoot, had eventually gone to bed in the village at the end of the festivities and he’d wandered down here for some shuteye.

None of the other researchers know he is gone. They’d all been asleep when Jay and his new buddies had closed down the party at camp and retreated back through the tunnels to the village, where they’d found an even larger party celebrating the harvest the rest of the troop had brought from the sea.

The villagers had all been so happy and welcoming, feeding him from their own plates and everything. Jay was pretty sure his chill surfer zen vibe was what they needed, not more chattering scientist nerds and all their pet theories.

By the end of the night, Jay had realized this was the Tuzhit festival they’d been talking about. And that Tuzhit was a name. It was like an ancestor’s birthday or something. There had been tons of speeches and formal chants and things, but still no music.

“Yeah, I left them,” Jay confesses, turning back to the kids. “I mean, if I’d told the others I was coming they wouldn’t have let me, or they would have made me bring someone else, someone who doesn’t want to do everything I got to do out here. See, I’m like a shepherd. You know dogs? Woof woof? Like the fox. But a working dog, herding sheep. My buddy Nate had a shepherd mix, real cutie named Stewart, all black and white. And whenever we went on a hike with Stewart he’d disappear for like a full hour. And Nate would just shrug and say, he’ll be back, he’s just getting the lay of the land. And that’s how I am. I got to get the lay of the land. That dog would scour every inch of whatever hill or valley until he knew it as well as his backyard. Only then would he settle down and hike right next to us. That dude was legit.”

The kids are still only watching him.

Jay laughs at his wasted breath. “Uh. Good talk. So off I go. Don’t, uh… don’t stick beans up your nose or nothing.”

Jay cinches the waist belt on his pack. It’s got a good twelve kilos in here. He’ll feel it after a while for sure. Now off he goes to the bottom of the valley! He’d thought about checking in with the village before he set out, especially if there was any of that yummy mussels and aromatic leaf dish left over from last night. But he was afraid they’d try to talk him out of his walkabout too so it’s for the best that he just head out. He’ll take three days tops to really scout the canyons and perimeter before returning home. Then he’ll take whatever punishment Esquibel and Alonso and Amy come up with. But they’ll all gain the benefit of his discoveries.

He reaches the creekside where the villagers get their water. He could fill up here but his bottles are still full. Aw, shit. Those kids are following him. They’re like forty meters back up the trail, their golden curls speckled with dew. That’s the last thing he needs, a pair of kids to worry about. He flashes a shaka. “Hang loose, little buddies. But I got to do this on my own, you dig?”

They apparently do not dig. When he starts walking they follow again, trailing behind at a safe distance.

“Well, let’s see what you do at the crossing.” Jay enters the wide bowl of the river valley. Blossoms cover the grasses with fields of yellow, white, and purple. “Beauty. Spring has sprung for sure.” Jay walks through the meadow, hands trailing along the tops of flowers. Soon his palms are coated in golden pollen. He turns back to the kids to show them his hands. “I am the King of Hayfever!”

But still they only watch.

“Quite the day. Pretty warm inland.” Jay takes off his pack at the riverbank and strips off a sweater. He studies the crossing as he stows the sweater and puts his pack back on. The river is blue-black, as wide as a four-lane road, with steep banks on both sides. He knows from his previous exploration that there’s no easy way across. He’ll just have to use his ingenuity.

“Well… I could drop a couple trees and use them as a bridge. But somehow, I doubt your folks would be happy about that. I could, let’s see… I’ve got an inflatable pillow here. Maybe I can use it like a floaty.” He scrambles down the muddy bank to the water, where he dips a hand in it. Super cold. Much colder than expected. He pulls back with a hiss. “Yeah, homie ain’t swimming across that, no sir. And it looks like there’s a deep current in there.” He scrambles back up to the top of the bank to pull a buck knife from his pack.

The meadow behind him is now empty. “Well at least the kids are gone.” He sighs, knowing it was his interaction with this taboo river that got them to take off. This couldn’t be a wise thing, to mess with the DMZ between two warring villages. But Jay has never been too wise. He needs to see what is on the far side. It’s like a biological compulsion driving him.

He retreats to the woods and takes down a good forty fir saplings, all of them about as wide as a pool cue and as tall as his body. He trims their branches off and bundles them with twine into a heavy raft, two layers thick. Then he notches the saplings so he can lay crosspieces for more support. The work is arduous and soon he’s sweating. He takes off his windshirt and another layer. Now he’s barechested in the humid morning, just a man and his knife. Collecting the trimmed branches, he ties them atop it as a thick green deck. Finally, after an hour or more, he drags the completed vessel to the edge of the bank. One last sapling, a long pole, will be his only steering device. All he has to do is cross no more than thirty meters of river to get to the far side…

He puts on his pack and pushes the raft mostly into the river. The unseen current pulls at it and Jay has to hold it and dig his pole into the mud at the same time to keep the raft from being carried away. He crawls out onto it as the current pulls it free from shore. With a mighty shove from his pole he attempts to get the raft out toward the center of the river.

Jay gathers the pole and pushes it down below him. But he can’t find the bottom. It is already over two meters deep here. Now he just waves the pole ineffectually about as the raft starts to spin. “Uh oh. This is the… I guess this is why you don’t cross rivers solo…”

He can’t get the raft to cross any more of the river. It takes him downstream at an increasing clip, a good five meters from the shore he left, pushing him past the bare bank on the far side down to where it’s far more overgrown. Jay keeps trying with the pole, hoping to find anything to push down there. But it’s deep, even deeper than this nearly three meters of sapling and his extended arm up to the elbow. He lies down, reaches his furthest into the black water with it, pulls it back, nearly topples as the raft rocks, and accidentally drops the pole. It floats away out of reach.

“Aaagggh.” Now he has no way to steer. With his frozen hands he paddles, trying to make of the raft a giant surfboard. Face down on the wet boughs, Jay paddles with his deepest, strongest stroke, first on one side, then the other. In this way, he is able to push the raft across the river as it carries him even further downstream. Now he is in the trees where they overhang the far bank.

Scrambling to his knees, Jay snares a drooping branch. It looks like some kid of willow variant. He’ll have to study it more closely after he saves himself. He slowly draws the raft toward the far bank, afraid the branch will snap, but it doesn’t. He pulls up to a mess of bracken that prevents the raft from reaching solid ground.

Jay tests the bracken. It is storm-wrack, decaying logs and branches dragged downriver to rest here against the bank, until the next storm dislodges it and pushes it further down. He can’t stand on it. It sinks beneath his weight. And the bank is still out of reach. “This is how you get tangled and pulled under and drowned, homeslice.” He can’t get out here. It’s impossible. Giving up on this exit point, he liberates a splintered limb that is wide enough to have its broken end serve as an oar.

Jay pushes away from the willow and its false bank and paddles madly for another spot further downriver. Finally, he reaches it, tumbling off the raft onto the muddy slope and nearly falling back in. Only pushing himself from the water with the oar saves him. But the raft is lost, spinning away in the current out of view.

Sodden, frozen, and a bit scared, Jay crawls up the far bank. The fir needles are fragrant and their points prick his palms. There’s no going back now. At least, not for a while. The thought of building another raft and putting himself through that ordeal again is enough to nearly make him give up on life.

“But first… the rest of the fucking island.” Standing, he brushes the needles from his wet pantlegs and exits the dark woods. He wants to get back to the meadow on this side and all its flowers.

The ground here beneath the brown needles is crumbled and hollow, as if it’s a home for a warren of ground squirrels or gophers. Mushrooms, pale yellow and golden, peek out from where they lift the topsoil above them. Some could be chanterelles. Maybe Cantharellus pallens. Jay stops to inspect them. Yes! A big chunk of a fresh one, as big as his fist, he levers out of the ground with his knife. Oh, what he would do for a stick of butter and a head of garlic. Well. He’ll just have to build a fire and roast this bad boy all by itself. Maybe with some bay leaves… He wishes he’d known what the fragrant leaves were he ate with the mussels last night but he only saw them after they’d been cooked and mashed.

Ha. Those nerds are sure going to miss his cooking. Watch, he’s going to return with like a buck slung over his shoulder, shouting, “We feast!” Jay cries it aloud as he steps out into the meadow.

He sees movement among the waving blossoms. “Whoa. No way.” There are people out there. Three, no, four. Small and slender, their faces are covered in featureless masks of golden pollen, standing among the flowers, waving their dark arms in slow imitation of tree limbs in the wind.

His words echo across the silent meadow and draw their faces toward him. Their faces are blank, smooth, entirely covered in pollen. “What the…? Okay, I was wrong. You motherfuckers are the kings of the hayfever. Those masks are sick. How the hell are y’all even breathing?”

He’s never seen humans stand like this, nor move their limbs in such odd unjointed ways. Jay looks back at the woods, thinking it may be his refuge. Maybe not. He turns back to the pollen people.

“So they say struck dumb, like that’s a thing, you know? But the thing is I’m already dumb and I can’t seem to shut up so I don’t know what to call that.” Jay realizes he’s blithering. But he can’t stop. “You all, uh, I mean, we’re all carbon-based life forms here, right? I mean, right? We’re all mammals? Or are some of us, I don’t know, like actually plant-based or…?”

One of them sways toward him, its movements more like those of a sapling’s stalk than an animal’s muscles.

“Okay. Now that is creeping me out. No way, dude. No way. I can’t accept that this is real. There aren’t like—”

A bird’s sharp trill, from further in up away from the river, gets the four golden figures to suddenly turn and dash, totally human, and race downriver past him, one giggling and tearing her wood mask from her face as she goes.

Now Jay quivers with astonishment. They are people after all. I mean, of course they are. Golden plant people don’t exist. Pollen faced people… He shivers. But he can’t ignore the fact that they’re fleeing from someone. Someone is coming. Jay should himself follow them. He hurries back into the woods.

A trio of hunters, two young men and a woman, glide into the meadow. They hold short two-prong spears and carry javelins on their backs. Dressed in hide tunics and leggings that have been blackened and softened by grease, they make no noise as they study the tracks of the pollen people through the trampled flowers.

Now they are coming this way. Jay hides behind the wide trunk of a redwood. This is stupid. They’re going to find him. And if they’re surprised then they might be more dangerous. There’s only one way to play this. He steps out, arms up, and faces them.

The three hunters stop, frozen mid-stride. They are low to the ground, like wolves on a kill.

Jay laughs nervously. “H-h-hey. I mean, hi there. It’s just me. Dancing in the flowers. Nobody else. Remember me? From before? With the smoke and the fire?”

They make a silent decision and arrow toward him again. The two behind split off to the left and right to flank Jay. Their faces are closed, their eyes dark and sharp as fangs.

“Hey now.” Jay has been in more than his share of scrapes and can tell where this is heading. He puts his back to the redwood and stands tall, which is much taller than them. Hands up, he swings his pack off. “Let’s not do this, folks. Nobody needs to get hurt.”

But they obviously disagree. The three hunters move in a coordinated rhythm to within ten paces of him.

They’ve fought men before. Jay realizes this as he cracks a knuckle against the hardness of his phone in the front pocket of his pants. Fumbling at his hip, he might need to whip out his buck knife here. But he has a better idea instead.

Jay pulls out his phone and holds it up. “Oh, you want some of this? You want to try me and my badass twenty-first century wizardry? Then smile.”

He takes a photo with a flash. The three hunters yelp, like dogs in a thunderstorm, and freeze again, hunching lower.

“Oh, you like that? Yeah. That’s right, dude. I’m stealing your fucking soul.” He takes another flash photo and another, one for each. “Sorry. That was racist. Lots of, uh, assumptions in that one. But check it out! I hold the power of lightning and thunder!”

Jay turns the volume of his phone up high as the opening chords of Cerebral Bore’s Maniacal Miscreation begin. Banging his head, he advances on them, howling, “Carve a path unto obsidian – insane creation of an abscessed mind…! Maniacal Miscreation! But these last two words are shouted at their retreating backs. They broke and ran when the guitar went full heavy metal. In the quiet meadow the phone is startlingly loud. Now the hunters must be racing back to tell all their friends and relations about the giant pale magic man and the power he holds in his hand.

Jay turns off the music. His hands are shaking. “Well so much for the fucking prime directive. Couldn’t have interfered more. Uhh. Now what do I do?” His imagination goes wild, afraid the entire countryside will rise up against him, to hunt him down and make an example of his trespass, his head on a pike for all to see.

But if he returns now, will the hunters follow him back across the river and start a war with the village he knows? And with all the talk of spies and geopolitics his mind tolls like a bell, as big as the whole globe. Are the good Lisicans like the American village and these psychos are like the Russian village? Would they start a fight here that spirals outward to engulf everyone else? Did Jay just start World War Three?

“Okay. Okay, get a grip, dude.” Jay fishes in his pack for his smoke kit. He pulls out a joint, one of his nighttime indica sleep sticks. But he needs to calm the fuck down. Lighting it, he takes a deep drag and releases a billow of smoke. “Can’t go back. Can’t go on…” Cause, like, what would he even do here? Let’s say, him and his brass balls are able to spook these straight killers for a while with his light and music show, then what? He’d have to like take over the whole tribe to keep them from eventually attacking him. And that’d be that whole Kipling morality tale all over again. No thank you. It always ends badly for the man who would be king.

Then Jay recalls the pollen people, laughing with abandon even as they passed him, fleeing from the hunters. Who are they? “Well, bro,” Jay tells himself, “looks like it’s time to find out.”

Ξ

“Tuzhit is a name!” Katrina runs through the camp in the middle of the day, calling out in triumph. “It’s like an ancestral proper name and they were planning a Tuzhit festival! That’s what they were telling us! The clouds and the wind needed to be all…” She stops in the center of the camp as heads begin to peek out of tents. Katrina searches for the word. “Uh… Propitious! Auspicious! Delicious! They were waiting for all the factors to be right and our fire nearly ruined that.”

“Okay. And who is Tuzhit?” Alonso has decided this will be his gossip, his guilty pleasure. He will be as excited about the Lisicans as people get about celebrities. But it isn’t as easy to care as he thought it would be. These damn villagers would ruin Plexity yet.

“Not Eyat, that’s for sure. Not a single Tuzhit in any Eyat list I can find. Nothing even close, except for, uh, ‘adon kadushidán, which means we like to go hunting (and we go frequently).’ But check it out. In Slavic languages, tuzhit means to mourn or grieve. So maybe it wasn’t their actual name when they were alive, the ancestor they’re celebrating, maybe it was who they were to these people. And they mourn for them. So it’s a sad day, I guess.”

“Squid salad for lunch!” Mandy arrives with platters. The baby squid the Lisicans had caught for them have stored just fine in cold water over the last twelve hours. Now they are little dollops of chewy and crunchy protein atop three types of seaweed with a balsamic dressing.

“I recorded that long speech the Mayor gave us. Remember?” Katrina appeals to Triquet, who nods. “It was super long and dense and I’ve been pulling it apart. But the verb tenses are just appalling. They’re so complex. And this is some like basic knock-off version of Eyat. Not even the full intricacies. But putting sentences together is like chasing your tail. They all sound like, ‘Of the low-status man who approached you yesterday, the question shall be asked to you in the morning, who are an older woman of a higher-status inland community, who is in the habit of hearing from your clan…’ And by then I forget it’s a question. Just crazy stuff like that. But I’m definitely getting strong impressions. You know what I mean? Patterns.”

“And where are these patterns leading us?” Alonso swore to himself he’d be less crabby about this subject but now that it is here again he can’t help himself. “Their oral histories will fill every moment of our time here if we are not careful. I’ve heard how much they talk.”

“No idea where it’s headed, frankly.” Katrina’s assessment is sober and a bit worried. “But you’re right. An entire university department of anthropologists and ethno-linguists could spend their whole careers studying the Lisicans. This is definitely tip of the iceberg stuff. It’s just… I think we need to know as much about them as we can, just to learn if we are safe.”

“I agree.” Esquibel has been listening from the door of the bunker and now she enters the camp. “Learning a bit about their language and culture is a good step in that direction. I don’t see how you can argue against that.”

But Alonso, despite their reasonable pleas, becomes irritable. “Fucking human intervention, everywhere I turn. You must understand how this is for me. My dream… my visions of Plexity were the only thing keeping me alive. For years. I mean, I would be locked in a concrete box for days, so small I couldn’t even sit up. Face down. Cold like you’ve never known. In my delirium I built Plexity, the greatest experiment in modern life sciences. But it requires an isolated, stable, and natural setting. Just for its first iteration. Then it can be adapted for use everywhere.”

Katrina spreads her hands. “I don’t know what to tell you. All indications point to the Lisicans being here way before we were even born. Like they’re pretty much neolithic. They don’t have any modern items except for a couple old photos. They’re as much a part of this island as… I don’t know… the foxes.”’

“And what do you mean by ‘natural,’ Doctor Alonso?” Esquibel frowns. “Your use of the term seems more emotional than rational, if I may be so blunt.”

“Of course it is!” Alonso fights down sudden tears. “I told you I was face down in a pit fighting for my life for five years, did I not?”

Quietly, Amy answers for him. “This is an old argument between Sergio Alonso and me, Doctor Daine. In Japan we are taught that there is no division between the world of forests and animals and the world of humans. It’s all the same world. Or, more properly from a Shinto point of view, it’s all Japan. The skyscrapers are as much an expression of natural processes as, I don’t know, termite mounds or volcanoes. The division of humans from the world around them is pretty much a post-industrial Western idea. A lot of the Romantics in the 18th and 19th centuries, you know, with their fables of the dark haunted woods and people fleeing sweatshops and industrialization to find their spirit in idealized Nature. Yeah, that’s a very Snow White way of looking at the world.”

Alonso has regained his equilibrium during her long speech. “That is all very well and good, Ames. But you don’t know how much an inclusion of the human parameters into Plexity will, I mean, it’s multiplying every single factor by at least two orders of magnitude. It will break the model.”

Amy shrugs, knowing that all she can do is present the facts. “The model’s already broken, Lonzo. We just saw them carry away like fifty kilos of sea life and all those bushels of bay and wild onion. The broad leaf they harvested is unknown. I think the lily family. But the point is they’re gardening here. They’re hunting and fishing on a regular basis. This automatically changes all the readings we get. If our focus is the interconnected model, then, yeah. If they aren’t included then you’re just modeling a… fantasy.”

Alonso’s eye twitches. These are deep roots in him, fibers of conviction intertwined with his own sinews and bones about how this must be. He obsessed for far too long and Plexity became far too important for him to get this close to realizing it and having it slip away. But he knows how he looks. He just can’t seem to muster the leader’s trait of giving a shit about these Lisicans. Instead, blind in his own misery, he flings an arm back to where he know his wife sits behind him. “Mirrie. What am I supposed to do?”

“You silly sod.” She swats him. “Look around you. Brilliant minds everywhere. You don’t need to do anything. You’ve already assembled the team. Now you get to sit back and watch them solve this problem. It’s your vision, yes. But now it’s all of ours, too. It’s our daily lives, Zo. And it’s why we’re here.”

“Yes…” Flavia stands, lifting her laptop. “I am already writing a few notes about ways I think we can scale human factors without looking at a logarithmic expansion of computation. It is the same type of problem as the circadian rhythm cycle we were able to detect in the data, then nearly automate. Training the model with the new variables will be the hard part, then getting it up and running should be, well, still pretty hard, but doable.”

“I disagree.” Katrina holds up an index finger. “I think the hard part will be defining terms and variables of the Lisicans to begin with. I mean, I assume you’re going to start with things like calorie requirements and daily subsistence impacts on their ecosystems, but, I mean, we don’t even understand who these people are yet, or why they do nearly anything they do. They just had this festival, which was a major impact on their environment, and we don’t even know a thing about it. As far as we know it might be the season of festivals and it’s all night every night now til winter.”

“It’s a shame Pradeep isn’t here.” Amy tries to recall his words. “He and I had an interesting talk about this once and he said that if aliens were up above looking down on us in spaceships, they wouldn’t need to know our pop culture references and historical traditions to understand us. He believes all the internal narrative stuff and even a lot of scientific defense of cultural expression are overblown. He said it could all be measured by caloric output, all the wars and the famines and the building of cities, and the culture could be inferred with mathematical modeling. The reasons behind all our activity are only discernible at this huge macro scale.”

“I was just thinking the same thing!” Flavia turns to the lagoon, pointing at it. “Where is Jay? He was right. We are nothing but our structures! We are coral reefs! Our lives are too short to see it!”

Triquet crows, “Yipee! History wins again!”

Alonso laughs, rueful. “Thank you, my friends, for helping me lift my spirits. I do not mean to be so… It may be true that I began the leadership of this mission a few months or years earlier than I should have. But the opportunity presented itself and here we are.”

Esquibel opens a bin and takes out a tray filled with a variety of pills. “Here. Just a few supplements. Electrolytes and a B-complex. I think that MDMA therapy you did is still making you miserable. Your lows are much lower these last couple days.” She hands the pills to him and he dutifully swallows them dry as she monitors his pulse. “I cannot say it was a successful experiment.”

“What, the drug trip? The… the molly?” Alonso says the word with such innocence that Katrina snickers. “No. I think it was very helpful. It was like Mandy’s hands on my feet. Very scary at first but now I can see the utility. Maybe we do it again soon, yes?”

Katrina and Mandy share a surprised sidelong glance. “Uhh… yeh, sure thing. All of it? The double dose and the, oh, what’s it called, Mandy?”

“The massage?” Mandy flexes her fingers. “Tui na.”

“Yes,” Alonso points at her, “that.”

“Huh.” Katrina giggles. “That was a quick turnaround.”

“Well, that is what we are saying, is it not?” Now Alonso feels like there is a path of virtue ahead and he is damned if he will let it slip away. “We all recognize now that I am failing as a leader and you are both offering means for me to heal. It terrifies me, to be honest. You have no idea. But if your therapies mean I can still effectively run this mission then I will do anything. Anything.”

Now Katrina can’t help but spoil his dramatic words with a suppressed snort of laughter. “La, if me mates could see me now. The brave middle-aged bloke willing to do anything, include rolling on molly like a rave kid at a candy store. Uh, most of us don’t even need an excuse to roll like every weekend?”

Now they all laugh, in a minor key that suggests they appreciate the joke without really understanding what a fiend Katrina is, and what an unmitigated delight her many trips have been, showering herself with light and love in a thousand ways, which has changed her forever into a much better person, tiny lines of white powder stitching her heart like ritual scarification.

“Ultimately,” Katrina lifts Alonso’s hand and kisses it, “we can all agree that we just need more study, across the board. Fungus and plant and animal. Wind and sun and sea. You’ve given us this brilliant tool to work on it. Nobody thought we’d actually be able to finish it, whatever that means, by the time we left.”

“I just want a functioning prototype. Flavia’s bootstrap method is automating more and more processes so I believe if we are able to finally get a critical mass—”

“But what is that?” Miriam pounces a bit too quickly, but she has to get a word in before he skips ahead. “Slow down. Give the team numbers, Zo. Like in terms of samples. How many are we aiming for and how many do we already have? We’re nearly halfway through our time here, although we’ve only been seriously collecting for, what, ten days? So what are those numbers?”

“Ehh, let’s see.” He accesses the administrative dashboard for Plexity on his laptop and finds the appropriate values. “We have collected 8157 inputs of all types, including secondary readings and observations. 4338 samples from the Dyson readers. And it has been eleven days since the first samples were logged.”

“And how many do you need for your critical mass?”

“The data scientist in me has always believed Plexity will finally start to resolve into a clear and useful model at 100,000.”

“A hundred thousand samples? Oy vey.” Amy swoons. “That’s like a hundred times more than I’ve ever done, even in the widest assays. Good thing I brought Jay. He’s picking up like another thousand as we speak.”

“A hundred… thousand?” Miriam shakes her head. It is such a tremendous amount of work the idea of it makes her ill. “You can’t be serious, Zo. There’s not a single conceivable way…”

“Sure there is, Mirrie.” Alonso waves his cane in the air like a general marshaling his troops. “We are already four percent of the way there! And we are just getting started!”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

27 – Ji-da-daa

Pradeep’s phone buzzes. It is one of the reminders he set to repeat each year, every April 12th. FILE TAXES. Well. That will certainly be a problem. He is surprised at himself for not anticipating this. Usually he is very detailed and obsessive when it comes to financial matters. He just hadn’t connected the fully off-the-grid nature of this project with his finances. “Fuck. Damn.” He is so poor at cursing. And now he can hate himself for that too. “Bollocks!”

He throws off his bag and pulls himself from under his pyramid tarp and stalks away barefoot onto the sand, rubbing sleep from his eyes. The camp is lit by the faintest blue light of dawn. Nobody is awake. But Maahjabeen ducks her head out, quickly scanning the silent tents before shooting him a meaningful, intimate glare.

Pradeep wants to call out, wake the whole camp, ask who else forgot to take care of their basic paperwork. But half these people aren’t even American and others, like Alonso, have had bigger problems. This is Pradeep’s alone to deal with. So he gestures uselessly at his phone and makes a plaintive face at Maahjabeen, then wanders out toward the beach. He climbs the log, the chill of the wind off the open ocean cutting through his base layers. It is far too cold to be out here without a windbreaker. Whatever. It is his punishment for being such a dumbass.

The horizon is dark, bruised nearly black. Perhaps a storm passes them to the south, heading for the coast of North America. It will slam into the waiting Pacific Northwest and cover it with rain. That unbroken stretch of green forest that runs from Alaska down to like Santa Barbara is so amazing. Fed constantly by these storms spinning outward like a reverse whirlpool, flinging wind and water and life itself out into the wide world. Lisica is like the seed of all life, right in the center of this vortex like the pearl of an oyster. The vision thrills him, reversing what he thought was surely true. In this scenario, it is the genesis point itself, using the storms to cast all kinds of embryonic potential outward. Lisica, not Eden, is the secret garden from which all life emerged.

It’s a silly notion but it takes his mind off his troubles. Another figure scrambles onto the log beside him. It is Maahjabeen in her coat and boots. “What is wrong?” Her face is intense, nearly irate.

Pradeep steps away from her, afraid for her sake they might be seen together by anyone else. But she steps closer, clasping his arm. He just shakes his head. Her passion is too great for his silly error. It makes him feel a fool. He shrugs. “It’s just. My taxes. I forgot to pay them, I mean file them, before I left. It’s nothing.”

“Ohh…” She releases his arm.

“I’m just an idiot. I’m just angry with myself.”

“That is such a relief. I mean… I thought, well, I thought you had somehow found out, I mean, from your reaction back there, I would have guessed someone in your family had died.” She casts her eyes down, her brows flickering with pain.

They haven’t yet spoken of this. They haven’t had enough time alone together to peel away the layers of grief still tormenting Maahjabeen. He has wanted to say something but he doesn’t ever want to presume. He just wants to kiss her and take her in his arms and baby her while she lets it all go.

She scowls, clearing her head with a sharp toss. “I knew there was no way you could be getting a notification. I still… I had to see. Because, you know, when I found out such a terrible thing myself, I was totally alone. For a long time. And that made it very hard.”

Pradeep is overwhelmed by longing for this goddess beside him. Casting caution to the very cold wind, he pulls on her hand and they topple forward over the far side of the log so that no others might see them. They crawl across the freezing sand into the shelter she rebuilt, unable to resist touching and tasting each other.

He’s shivering. Oh, her sweet boy is too thin to survive this ocean wind without the proper gear. She will be his blanket. Maahjabeen unzips her jacket and covers Pradeep with her warmth.

Ξ

“Anyone seen Jay this morning?”

“He’s in the sub with Triquet and Mandy,” Katrina calls out from the tables beside the bunker.

Amy enters, shaking her head. “We had a date to collect some creekside gametophytes. What are they doing in the sub?”

“Who knows?” Katrina is busy with her linguistic puzzles. “They’ve been down there since last night.”

“Crazy kids.” Amy descends through the trap door into the sub, where she finds the entire top floor empty. She lowers herself to the next level to find Triquet in the main room among their stacks. For the first time, Amy realizes Triquet hasn’t dressed with their usual flamboyance since their ordeal in the village. She hopes nothing’s wrong. “Uh. Hey there.”

Triquet looks up, a bit of a worn, sad look on their face. “Oh. Hi, Amy. Is it morning already?”

Amy nods. “My goodness, Doctor. Have you been up all night?”

Triquet nods, glum, trailing long delicate fingers over a stack of files. “Couldn’t let it go. Haunted.”

“Haunted by what?” A shiver crawls up the back of Amy’s neck but she quickly suppresses it.

“The image of Katrina’s shawl. That Eyat piece. I swear I saw something similar in the files here. At some point. But I’ve checked my notes and I can’t find it. I must not have annotated it, like a big dumbbell. Or maybe I did but I used a descriptor for it I’m just not remembering. I really need a better tagging system. It’s driving me craaaaazy.”

“What was it? A photo or…?”

“I can’t remember! There’s so much material here and I’ve gone cross-eyed over the last few weeks trying to index it all. Thousands of entries. Tens of thousands to go. But I just know I saw… ugh, something. I just can’t remember what.”

Amy gives Triquet a hug. At first their body is rigid, intent on their project. But soon the warmth and human contact sinks deep. Then Triquet allows themself to be held. The two of them stand in silence, needing it. “Oh… thank you, Doctor Kubota.”

Amy steps away. “You’re welcome, Doctor Triquet. Any time.”

“People… who need people…” Triquet begins to sing, lacing their fingers in with Amy’s.

“Are the luckiest people…!” Amy joins in.

“In the world…!” They finish.

Amy laughs. “Hey now, you’re not old enough to know Barbara Streisand. That’s illegal.”

“No way. Yentl was my first crush.”

Amy sighs. “Young Babs is my kryptonite. What’s Up, Doc? Ooo baby. She’s amazing.” They share a laugh.

Triquet sags, wilting in the face of so many documents. They don’t know what to try next. This is hopeless. Finally someone actually needs an archaeologist to be of use on this crazy trip and Triquet is unable to provide.

“I didn’t even know you had such… neutral clothes.” Amy picks at the sleeve of Triquet’s khaki short-sleeve work shirt.

“It was for the Lisicans. I wanted to dress, well, I didn’t want our interaction to be about my fashion choices. I wanted it to be about that stupid display that none of them ever looked at. And the other reason is I have just loads of laundry to get done.” Triquet lifts a thick file they’ve already gone through five times and drops it again. “I swear, Amy, if I have to take another loss today I just think I might have to bring out the black veil and get maudlin.”

The words are lightly-spoken but their bitterness can’t be denied. Amy rests her head against Triquet’s shoulder. They are so much taller. Just a pale figure, standing strong and alone. Amy tilts her head back and smiles up at Triquet. “You know what, Triq? I really admire you.”

Triquet shakes off the compliment. “Wha-a-a-at? You admire that I can’t keep track of my own collections? How sweet.”

“No. I admire… who you are. The path you’ve taken in life. Sorry. Kind of out of the blue, I know. I just wanted to let you know. I know it’s not always easy. Actually, it’s never easy, is it?”

Triquet smiles gently, feeling a bit patronized. “Thank you, dear. That’s very nice, I guess. No, it isn’t ever easy, watching everyone pair off and have flings while I’m left with no one. No one but my chiffon and lace! You’re very sweet to think of me. Most people don’t. But what made you think of it? Do you… have someone like me in your life?”

“Do I…?” Amy’s brow wrinkles. “Uh, yeah. Me. I have me in my life. My whole life.”

Triquet doesn’t understand what all that pronoun wrangling is about. They just pat Amy’s hand and shake their head, a teensy mystified and bemused. “Yes. Well, we all do, don’t we?” Oh, well. It had been a nice gesture, but now Triquet is beginning to feel a bit like they’ve just been All Lives Matter-ed out of their identity. Of course everyone has their own memories of shame and ostracism. It’s just a bit different being non-binary.

But Amy won’t let it rest. “Oh my god, didn’t anybody tell you? I was sure Mandy would have told you.” She guffaws into her hands.

“Told me what, sweetie?” Triquet tries to force their attention back to the records. This conversation is getting too awkward. But they are just so tired. Maybe they should go crawl in bed.

Amy seizes Triquet’s hands and beams at them. “I was born in a male body, Triquet. I transitioned… well, half a lifetime ago now. I mean, I still transition every day. And I’ve had to deal with all of it. Lost a teaching position. Sued the university. Got hate mail. Still get hate mail. Chased out of a bathroom once, well, actually—”

“Oh, sweet child!” Triquet has no idea where the tears suddenly come from. They wrap Amy in a fierce and passionate embrace. Then they hold her out at arm’s length. “You are? Why didn’t anyone…?” But Triquet knows the answer to that before they finish asking it. Everyone handles their gender issues in their own way. Oh, but what they wouldn’t have given to know they had a real sister here this whole time! “Oh, Amy. You are the most beautiful goddess I’ve ever known!”

Amy laughs. “You said it again! Remember? When we met? You called me a goddess? And I said we were going to be best friends?”

“Ohhh it all makes sense now. You sweet sweet little…” Triquet is filled with love. Relief. Safety. A sense of belonging. They catch Amy up in another fierce hug and dot her face with kisses. “But wait. I don’t understand. Did Alonso…? I mean, when you were dating. He knew you were trans, right? He must have.”

“It was before, when I still identified as a gay man.”

“Wait. Alonso’s…? Aaaaaaaahhh! What is happening? I thought I knew who all you people were!” Triquet grips their head in their hands, reeling against the work table. “I’m always telling people not to fall victim to their own assumptions and I just—wow. I’m so sorry, Amy. I’m making more assumptions than anyone.”

“Not at all. I just wanted you to know. So you don’t have to feel so alone, Triquet. We—I mean none of us are gender-fluid—”

“Non-binary.”

“Non-binary. Right. Sorry. But the point is, we’re not the squares you think we are. Not in the least. In fact, go back a few decades the three of us were considered positively dangerous. We’re just old and tired now.”

Now Triquet thinks of a young dashing Alonso, a fierce Miriam, a brave Amy. Wow. The 80s just got a lot more interesting. These people must have been young gods. Triquet shakes their head in disbelief. “Did you come down here just to tell me that? I mean, why now? Do I look so forlorn?”

“Oh. Right. No, I’m looking for Jay. Have you seen him?”

“Yeah, he and Mandy went into the tunnels hours ago.”

“Well.” Amy steps back from Triquet with a sweet smile. “Guess I’ll go find them. Good luck with your haystack and needle and everything. But you should really get some sleep first.”

Triquet nods, the emotions draining from their limbs, leaving nothing but heavy-lidded exhaustion. But now it is a different exhaustion. Triquet feels swaddled up like a newborn. As Amy ducks through the next hatch, they call out, “Hey.” Amy stops and ducks her head back under with a querying look. “I admire you too. Goddess of the Hearth.”

Amy shakes her head and rolls her eyes in pleasure. “You always know just what to say!” She blows a kiss and returns to the dimly lit chamber ahead, still in search of Jay and Mandy. Into the last room and down the hole… The remains of Esquibel’s barricade have been neatly stacked against one wall. She sits on the edge of the metal panels and dangles her feet over. The joys of being short.

And then, at the bottom, where she has to wriggle through the long mud cave, she gains no advantage from her small stature. Because as well as being the shortest member of the team, she’s the thickest. So, if anything, she gets even more filthy than the others. The joys of being… spherical.

But Amy has long ago accepted that she will never be the girlish Liza Minelli in Cabaret of her dreams. Although she did all she could through college to learn those tap dance routines. Well. That was an unexpected encounter with Triquet, but so necessary! And now, by the light of her phone, she navigates to the left-hand tunnel and the sound of voices in the distance.

Amy pops out into the bottom of a chimney filled with a meter or more of wet ash and a slurry of cinders. Jay is crouched on a bit of solid ground above the mess on the far wall. Mandy sloshes through the stew, drenched and stained nearly black by her hours of exertions. “Hey!” Amy calls out.

Mandy screams in surprise and nearly loses her footing.

Jay gasps at Amy, then immediately starts laughing to expel the sudden shot of adrenaline. “Hey hey. What up, boss.”

“We had a date, young man.” Amy peers upward, to see the chimney arrow straight upward with a ragged hole of gray way high up at the very top. As she watches, a tiny cloud crosses the opening, proving to her what she sees. “Who-o-o-o-a…!” She looks down at them in wonder. “How high is that?”

“Thinking like 400 meters or more,” Jay shrugs. “Straight up.”

“You two are crazy!” Amy laughs at them. “That’s so high! What do you even think you can do in here?”

“Well. It’s kinda been a long process, I guess.” Jay scrubs his hair while Mandy continues wading in circles, feeling for something with her feet. “It took hours just to break the last of the big burnt pieces into little pieces so we could get in here. Then we, well, we made some silly guesses about what we were seeing until we figured it out. It’s much more clear now, with the daylight up there.”

“We sort of had to reverse-engineer… No! I’ve already been here! Ugh.” Mandy reverses course. “So I mean yeah, Jay and I argued, and I now admit that we might not be able to get to the top this way ourselves but we started thinking, well, how the fuck did the military ever get up and down this shaft?”

“Elevator?” Amy guesses. “Honey, you got to get out of that water, your teeth are chattering.”

“In a minute. Right. An elevator. Must have been. Ain’t nobody climbing a ladder for hundreds of meters. So if I can just find the old metal connections down here… Not here… Oh, my feet are so numb I’m not sure I’d even feel them if I did. Like pulleys we think? Or at least some kind of anchor points…”

“And Mandy won’t let it drain any more before she checks.” Jay gave up an hour ago. “Sorry. Forgot about the date, Amy. Or, I mean, I actually didn’t, I just didn’t know it was already dawn.”

“It’s like 8:30. You two have been down here for like ten hours.”

“F-fine.” Mandy has waded over toward Amy and now holds her trembling arms upward like a child asking to be picked up. “We can come back in an hour.”

“Ha.” Amy pulls the waifish girl from the water and drags her up the slope of the passage floor to a dry spot before letting go. “You can come back tomorrow.”

“Tomorrow!” Mandy wails, but she doesn’t resist as Amy pulls her close and briskly rubs her back with a strong hand.

“Yes, Mandy. Tomorrow.” Amy shares a perplexed glance with Jay. What is wrong with Mandy? Her obsessive behavior is going to give her pneumonia.

Jay slides back into the slurry, wincing at the cold as he wades across. He is so done with freezing water. Even his bones are cold. “I know, but what was I gonna do, leave her?”

Ξ

Now that Plexity is mostly up and running, Flavia has taken a break from all the bug reports its users are generating to work a bit on the atmospheric modeling Katrina suggested they do for Mandy. First, they need to build a model of the lagoon and cliff faces in a virtual environment, then they should be able to start running processes.

It seemed like an impossible task at first. But Flavia discovered that the drone captures its flight path down to the closest meter. It also has collision-avoidance that doesn’t allow it to get closer than three meters to an object. So she and Katrina have spent all morning criss-crossing the lagoon, beach, creek, grove, and cliffs up to about a hundred meters, all at a three meter distance from said objects. Now their batteries are re-charging.

She has downloaded the flight data and created a plot of 1m2 resolution. It’s nearly a square kilometer so at a hundred meter height she has one hundred million data points. She can already feel her poor CPU crying. Katrina says she’ll build a beautiful visual representation of the wind current data but Flavia needs no such graphical user interface. She is happy with the columns of raw data. It is a nearly randomly-generated testbed, like a Minecraft seed. But it still follows organic principles of fractal erosion and Fibonacci propagation. The record in this dataset for vertical change between one square meter node and the next is on the cliffs, where there is a thirty-one meter differential. Amazing. They should also skin these tiles. Then she can assign friction values to each and perhaps, who knows, heat and humidity values? Well. Flavia will create the template and Mandy can hang whatever values she likes on them. Assuming they don’t melt their processors. But there will be shortcuts aplenty once it is up and running. Algorithms will automate nearly all of it once it is properly characterized. This will be fun! Of course it remains useless until they get proper readings for wind currents in the higher atmosphere but it is a good start.

Triquet emerges from a cell wearing their fanciest evening gown, dark blue satin adorned with costume jewels. They sashay around the bunker, dark red lipstick making their mouth a voluptuous heart. Without a word they approach each person and kiss them soundly on the cheek before discreetly re-applying the lipstick and moving on to the next. Soon, Flavia, Esquibel, and Maahjabeen are all kissed. And they are each given small gifts, chocolates wrapped with a tiny hand-written-and-decorated invitation.

Flavia cackles when Triquet kisses her. She needed someone to brighten her mood and here they are. She opens the invitation. It says, “Something special is in the air!” Bells and stars adorn the card. “Lunch outside at 1pm sharp, please.”

There is something about this day where everything feels settled. Flavia’s past life in Torino and Bergamo seems a faded dream now. This is her daily routine. She has adapted to squatting over the stinking trenches and casting handfuls of sand on her feces. Cold showers under the waterfall have become a thrilling treat and her little cell makes her imagine herself a nun in a convent, devoted in contemplation to the grand mysteries of life. And the beauty of the island can’t be denied. It is filling her with something deep and green, like the ancient Roman alabaster statues that grow moss on their lower fringes. She is ancient now like them, integrated into the world in ways she has never been, or ever wanted to be.

Katrina spins down the narrow hall between the cells, as pretty as a doll in Triquet’s borrowed finery. Her arms are above her head like she is some kind of calypso dancer and she is adorned with shiny bells and bands of gold. Her slender body is wrapped in tight layers of gold and silver lamé. A lion’s face has been artfully painted upon hers, with whiskers above hollows in her furred cheeks and a golden brow. “You are absolutely a vision!” Flavia catches her hand as she passes and kisses it.

Katrina purrs, “You think I don’t know?” She bumps her hip into Flavia’s shoulder then bends and kisses her other cheek.

“What is happening here? What is so special? Is it Carnaval?”

“No idea, love.” Katrina giggles. “But when Triquet tells you it’s open season on their wardrobe you don’t ask questions.” With a flourish, Katrina passes through the door to the camp outside.

Flavia hasn’t been on many field expeditions. In her experience, a career in mathematics has generally led to a lot of solitude with workstations and socially-inept conferences in sterile work spaces. But are life sciences expeditions all like this? Flavia turns to Maahjabeen. “Eh, sorellina, is today a holiday and I didn’t know?”

Maahjabeen is staring at her phone, hypnotized by the display options Plexity is offering her as she inputs tidal data from various points on the lagoon. Katrina has really outdone herself in offering ways to present, annotate, and track data. She is so impressed she doesn’t see Katrina’s costume and can’t tear her eyes from her screen. “Eh, Flavia…? What did you call me? What is a sorellina?”

“Ah. Little sister. No. Listen. I feel like I have been missing out. Are all biologist field trips like this such a party all the time?”

“What? No. Never.” Maahjabeen grimaces at the door and dismisses it all with a backward wave of her hand. “These people are weird. It is because of Alonso, I think. He is the first weird one. And he got Amy and Miriam to bring all their other weird people here. Then there is Katrina with her music and that drug addict Jay. These are not normal scientists. Not by any means.”

“Oh, good. I felt like I was taking the crazy pills. How do these people ever get any work done? I mean, not that I mind. I don’t always need it to be so formal…” And as if to prove her point, Katrina’s music blares from the camp, a lively Brazilian festival tune with a cheering chorus and lots of horns and drums.

At that moment, Jay and Mandy climb the stairs to the trap door and emerge from the rear of the bunker, shaking with cold and covered head to foot in ash and mud. But the music immediately grabs Jay and he shuffles stiffly forward. “What’s that I hear? The song of my peeps. All right. Hold on, DJ Bubblegum. On my way.”

His filthy appearance and joyous reaction are so preposterous that the initial shock Esquibel, Maahjabeen, and Flavia had upon seeing Jay and Mandy is released as gales of laughter. Jay waddles out the door, whooping like a cowboy. But Mandy is in more dire need. She collapses in Esquibel’s arms.

“Oh my god, Mands. You’re a mess. What have you done?”

“I’ve been…” Mandy releases a shuddering breath, “doing real work. Finally. After all these weeks. I’ve been working.”

“Come on. Let’s get you cleaned up.” Esquibel begins peeling clothes from Mandy’s soaked body.

Amy appears with two large towels, wiping her own clothes clean. “Wait. Where’s the boy?”

Flavia leans forward and peers out the door. “Dancing. Poorly.”

“What a loon. Oh, wow. What’s the big celebration here?”

Flavia shrugs. “Nobody knows but Triquet.”

Triquet, dancing a fair bit better than Jay, reappears in the door and hands out more invitations. They kiss Amy soundly on the cheek and crow, “This party is for Doctor Kubota! Goddess of the Hearth!” Then they hand Mandy an invitation but Esquibel fends off their ritual kiss until she can scrub Mandy’s cheek clean.

“There.”

Triquet leans in and kisses the clean cheek presented. “Oh, dear one. You’re freezing!” Triquet breathes into the hollow of Mandy’s neck and holds her icy hands as Esquibel scrubs her back.

Flavia realizes she will get no more work done this day. With a sigh she saves her work one last time and puts her laptop to sleep. Well, she is hungry anyway. And if there is drinking in the future she needs to have something in her empty belly first.

The day outside is eerily beautiful. The marine layer that nearly always covers the sky now only rests atop the island, like a dark gray hat that protects it from prying eyes. But the surrounding sea is luminous green with sunlight. And the wind is warm. Ahh. She could get used to a warm wind. It feels like such a luxury.

Katrina is up on her platform, swaying in time to her beats. Flavia is struck once again by the vision. This lively sprite… she deserves a better nickname than DJ Bubblegum. It occurs to Flavia that she must actually have one. She is a real DJ in Australia. She must have like a professional stage name. She crosses to Katrina and shouts up at her, “You are fabulous. What is your real name?”

Katrina isn’t sure she heard Flavia right so she pulls her headphones all the way off and laughs. “Repeat that?”

“We call you DJ Bubblegum. But what is your real DJ name?”

“Oh. Ha. I’ve had several. When I was fifteen me and my mates just took silly names. I was Seventy-heaven and I spun J-pop and house. Then when I was really into dark techno and gabber they called me Lamassu. But for the last few years I’ve been on this lush electro thing and I’m known as haiku triplet.”

“Haiku triplet? That’s what people call you?”

“It’s my slogan, a haiku with a little extra on the end:

First I will measure

the breadth of my life

and then I will cut to its depth.”

Flavia nods, appreciating the rule-breaking rhythmic triplet of the last line. Katrina hops back to her decks for a transition into a disco beat. Flavia turns away, recalling her mission to get food, but Jay grabs her by the hands and gets her dancing with him. She does all she can to avoid his mud and ash but within moments they mark her clothes. Ah well. Not that this top was clean anyway.

She finally disentangles herself and slips away to the kitchen tables, where she locates a clean plate and fork. Peeking under several pot lids rewards her with beans and rice. Topped with some of this horrible American parmesan and olive oil it isn’t half bad.

Flavia sits on the edge of Alonso’s platform beside him in his camp chair. She puts a hand on his shoulder, to ask if she can get him anything, but before words can issue from her open mouth he gasps. They all do. A troop of young Lisicans has issued from the door of the bunker. They are bare-chested, carrying nets and double-pronged fishing spears. They had been chattering but when the door opens they fall silent and goggle at Katrina’s music and the details of the camp.

“Uh oh. Wait. Hey.” Amy doesn’t know what to say. She stands and waves her hands ineffectually in both warning and welcome.

Katrina cuts the volume by half and grimaces in apology. She doesn’t know how bizarre that looks through her lion makeup. Jay, dancing with his eyes closed, raises his arms when the volume drops and bawls, “Aw, c’mon!” Then he opens his eyes and sees the villagers huddled by the door. “Ah. Oh. Hey, what’s up, my brothers and sisters? Fuck yeah. Little bit of dancing, little bit of fishing. This day’s looking up!” He claps his hands softly to the beat as he approaches the Lisicans, waddling on stiff legs. “Hey, gang. How they runnin’?”

The boldest of the Lisicans, a young woman they have seen before up in the village, steps into the camp. She speaks a long string of words to Jay, then points at him with the tip of her thumb, as if she is identifying him. “Ya-assa-ghay.”

Katrina mimics that last word into her mic, “Ya-assa-ghay,” looping the phrase over and over again in an echo. The Lisicans turn toward the sound in wonder as it skirls up a major scale and shatters like glass. “Okay. Sorry, that was a bit much. But check it out, peeps. Uh… ‘Lisica,’” she breathes, making it echo gently in a soothing refrain, fading like waves on the shore.

The villagers talk energetically to each other, recognizing the word. Katrina squeals with pleasure, jumping from her platform and bringing the microphone with her. She stands in front of the young woman with her friendliest smile. “Good morning.”

The young woman points at her own face with the tip of her thumb and says, “G̱óo-n-aa.”

“G̱óo-n-aa? That’s your name?” But the rising inflection of the question is obviously wrong. Katrina repeats it as a musician, not a linguist, getting the pace and intonation right. “G̱óo-n-aa.”

G̱óo-n-aa smiles when Katrina speaks her name into the mic.

“I’m Katrina. Uh. Bontiik. Listen up. G̱óo-n-aa…” She sings it, a long pretty croon that maintains the tonal profile but elongates the vowels. Katrina retreats to her platform where she records another loop and mixes the name into a violin arpeggio. G̱óo-n-aa cries out in a register that’s alien to the researchers. They can’t tell if it’s pleasure or outrage or terror. The other Lisicans start calling out G̱óo-n-aa as well, layering their voices in with the dance track. It is soon a discordant wreck, but everyone seems merry about it except for G̱óo-n-aa.

She steps through the camp, gaze turning from the laptop to the kitchen tables to the parachute hanging above. Then her eyes drop to the beach. She is alarmed to see the huge fallen redwood trunk, and calls out to the other villagers, making it clear that she hasn’t seen the beach since the tree fell a couple weeks before.

“Who wants to hear their name next?” Katrina asks into the mic.

Alonso holds up a hand. “Katrina. It’s too much.”

She smiles, abashed, knowing it’s true. With a sigh she steps back, shaking her head in rueful surrender. She just couldn’t switch gears fast enough and now she’s spooked them. Not that there was going to be a chance they’d meet in the middle today, not when her enthusiasm was already so high. “Good call, Alonso. I was about to offer them some LSD.”

“Katrina! How could you—?” Mandy sputters, outraged that she could ever consider such a thing.

“Joking. Just joking here.” Katrina holds up her hands. “Sorry. I like cracking jokes in inappropriate settings. I thought we’d already discovered that about me.”

The Lisicans, unburdened for a moment by the attention of the researchers, take the opportunity to slip out onto the beach. They climb the trunk and disappear on the far side, Jay not too far behind. The others only watch as he clambers stiffly over the log and calls out to the Lisicans before dropping out of view.

The others stand, watching, the forgotten music still pumping out a disco beat. Finally, Pradeep rouses himself. “So this lagoon is a regular fishing resource for them. We should have registered that when they came through last time. So that changes our approach here doesn’t it? This lagoon and beach isn’t any kind of pristine ecological environment, Alonso. It is being harvested and most likely cultivated by this, uh, this civilization here. This is a garden, not a wild forest. We can’t properly characterize the life on Lisica without…” He trails away, knowing Alonso doesn’t want to hear it.

But Alonso is a scientist, and this is where the data leads. Human presence and all that it implies. He sighs in acceptance. Regardless of the headaches it will cause, Lisicans fishing in the lagoon is what life on the island is actually about. Now he just wishes he’d thought to bring his friend Alastair Brock, a wonderful anthropologist. He would have known just what to do with these villagers. But none of the rest of them really do. “We will need to figure out how to handle these interactions. Like Esquibel said, we need some kind of protocol. We should work on developing that, team. Until then… Eh… Just keep the locals safe and treat them with respect. That is our first priority.”

“Yes, we should all be wearing masks, people.” Esquibel hurries to the kitchen tables and opens one of the plastic bins beneath, where she finds a box of unopened masks. She hands them out. “Ugh. And we should definitely be getting one to Jay.”

“I’m beginning to wonder if they really have any effect.” Miriam holds hers in her hands, not yet putting it on.

“Oh, Doctor Truitt,” Esquibel begins. “Don’t tell me you’re one of those. People who think masks don’t work aren’t—”

“Nay, I’m not an idiot. I know a properly-fitted medical-grade mask does its job. I’m just saying we’ve been afraid this whole time that we’d get these islanders sick. But so far our hygiene has been… not great, and we keep having contacts with them where they have long exposures to us when we’re not wearing masks, I mean, like that one time when the kids had Katrina for hours in the rain down here? And as far as we know none of them have gotten sick. Has anyone seen any signs of illness in the Lisicans since we’ve made contact?”

They all shake their heads no, sharing frowns.

“No no no. That is very bad news,” Pradeep stands and crosses his arms. “Because I can only think of a couple scenarios where that is possible and one of them isn’t possible at all, that they have some kind of super-universal immunity to all the diseases that we have stored in us.”

“Yes, there is no way that is true.” Esquibel is at a loss. “That would be a medical miracle that has never been seen yet it is impossible. But it has only been a couple weeks. Perhaps many of the diseases we have infected them with are still incubating?” Her voice trails off even as she says it, the likelihood of that being true of every strain of herpes and rhinovirus that they carry as a matter of course can’t be true either.

“So then what’s your other scenario, Pradeep?” Flavia demands. “The one that is making you so nervous?”

He blanches. “The other, likely, possibility we may have to consider here is that the Lisicans have enough regular contact with others in the modern world that they’ve already had their plagues and adaptations and gained enough immunity to global diseases. And if that is the case, then that means we may not be as alone here as we think we are…”

“Ehhh… No, I do not like that idea,” Esquibel exclaims. “Like who are we talking? Like—like spies?”

“Shouldn’t you be the one who knows?” Miriam shakes her head with worry. “But getting back to my original point, let me be clear: I’m not saying we should stop using masks. I’m just disturbed by the lack of, uh, medical issues that have been caused so far.”

“Who else could it be?” Flavia wonders. “There was that Chinese plane wing that Maahjabeen discovered.”

“Maybe the Japanese? How long have they been gone from that other bunker you discovered during the storm, Maahjabeen?”

“No no.” She dismisses the idea. “The Japanese have been gone since the end of the war. The Russians were in there after. Maybe it is them. Maybe there are still Russians who come in. Or maybe it’s more American military types. There is no reason to believe, well, anything they have told us about the history of the island. It has been nothing but surprises since we came here.”

“Or… somebody private…?” Katrina thinks back to the Jules Verne book she read when she was like twelve about an island in the Pacific and the evil genius who lived in the sea caves beneath. “Wait. Wasn’t that Captain Nemo? In the story?” But she can tell she’s lost them all. “Or maybe like a James Bond villain somewhere down there. We could’ve been drinking martinis this whole time.”

Esquibel shakes her head. “No, please no fantasy stories right now. It makes no sense. But Pradeep is correct. With the amount of contact we’ve had, we should have seen at least a common cold or two by now. But I don’t know how to actually plan for that. We just don’t have evidence for other, eh, modern people being here. Yet another security concern for us. I wish you would let me at least fortify the bunker. We must remain vigilant.”

The music stops. Katrina scurries off to the bunker, to return with her laptop and its list of Eyat phrases. Triquet sighs, sad. “Apparently so. Mother mercy it’s hard getting you people in a proper party mood and when I finally do, the locals show up and ruin all our fun. Colonial tourism just isn’t the glory it used to be.”

“What is this party anyway, Triquet? What is it about a lunch?” Alonso is glad the subject has been changed. He is never happy to have geopolitics and paranoia dominate his science mission.

“Oh. Well. Just a little celebration I wanted to have. Not that I did any cooking. You’re all on your own for that. But I just wanted to… I’ve been feeling… very alone here… But I had a marvelous little gabfest with Doctor Goddess Kubota here and found out I’m not quite the special little pony here that I thought I was.”

“What are they talking about, Amy?” Alonso turns to her, helpless with confusion.

“Triquet didn’t know you and I were gay lovers.”

“Ah! Yes. The good old days.” Alonso chuckles.

“Wait. What?” Maahjabeen looks from face to knowing face. Evidently she is the last one to not know this. Gay lovers? Is she not understanding some weird American slang? How could that even be true between Alonso and Amy? She is missing something here. She studies Pradeep’s face. He appears unsurprised. What is this, an inside joke? She will ask him when they are alone together.

“Bless. Amy’s old news is worth celebrating?” Miriam laughs. “What if I told you I once made out with Sinead O’Connor?”

Katrina’s head snaps up. “Fuck off. No way.”

Triquet squeals and throws themself into Miriam’s lap. “Details! Details! Was she still bald? What did she smell like?”

But Miriam is laughing too hard to answer.

“See. Here’s the problem.” Katrina slams her laptop closed and gestures at it as if it’s misbehaving. “There’s no Bontiik in this Eyat list. And no Ya-assa-ghay or Wetchie-ghuy. Maybe I’m wrong. Maybe they’re from a different language group entirely. And I just can’t wrap my head around some of this phrasing.” She opens her laptop again and reads out, “A ee- ⁓ a- (postpositional pronoun) her; him; to | to her/him (a non-main character of a narrative or event) | third person obviate postpositional • used in certain verbs where something is going towards the object (literally or figuratively).” She screws her face up in consternation. “I mean, there’s this whole weird way of looking at the world they have that is just so alien to us. Like their homeland is an object toward which the sea is directed. But the movement of the sea is the important part. Not the object, the homeland itself. Or it is so modified by activity and motion upon it that it becomes something else.”

This dense info-dump stuns them into silence. In the distance they can hear Jay whoop with joy but they still can’t see him.

Triquet dusts off their skirt and smirks at everyone. “Great party, no? I only throw the best. But anyway. Before I lose the spotlight completely here, I just wanted to share one other little thought about things. Amy, you know how I was down in the sub looking all night for an image I’d seen that reminded me of Katrina’s textile artifact?”

“Oh my god.” Amy sits up. “Did you find it?”

“I did. I couldn’t remember where I’d seen it because it was just a fragment of one of the torn-up photos. And I couldn’t make sense of what I was seeing when I sorted them. But now I’ve put it back together.” Triquet crosses to their platform and lifts a manila folder. Opening it carefully, they show everyone the photo they have painstakingly re-assembled.

“What is that word?” Alonso squints at the letters written above the wall in the grainy black and white photo. It displays an altar with an ancient Eastern Orthodox cross, a battered lacquer reliquary box, a fishing spear made of bone, and a tapestry like the one Katrina photographed. “I think the letters are in Cyrillic.”

Triquet shows the photo to Katrina. Phonetically, she sounds out a word unknown to them all: “Ji-da-daa.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

26 – Starting Over Now

Triquet sits up, happy to be done with the worst night of sleep they have ever had. No blankets. Not a stitch. Just their four bodies lying in a shivering pile outside the entrance to the smoking tunnel. Now Triquet extricates themself from the others and rub their own shoulders, trying to get some circulation going again. Ye gods, that was awful. And it felt like fourteen hours. Just interminable. Only now, with the silver dawn filling the interior valleys, are they able to move. Finding a latrine is probably the first order of business, but they don’t know where they are. Far enough away that the stink doesn’t carry to the village. And not anywhere down the path they took the day before.

The stand-off with the other village had lasted into the afternoon, until the wind had finally shifted and the smoke no longer pressed them up against their bank of the river. Once they departed, the others on the far side did too, without a word of farewell or warning. Triquet could tell it was obviously a distinct cultural convention, and worth all the study in the world, but it was really somewhat outside their wheelhouse. Where’s Clifford Geertz when you need him?

So they’d returned to the smoky village to find that Wetchie-ghuy or his minions had been there, with a new feather and stick fetish hanging from a hut’s pole and his name on everyone’s lips. The villagers, who had grown very glum since the smoke had begun, now grew even more downcast.

They’d all shuffled sadly into their huts as night had fallen, leaving Triquet, Miriam, Katrina, and Jay to fend for themselves. So they found a hollow at the base of a cliff and basically used Jay as a bed. He insisted that it wasn’t the first time it happened and Katrina had laughingly corroborated him.

It must have dropped into the mid teens at night. And none of them in insulating layers. They shifted and shivered and held each other tight, sleeping in fits and starts. At one point smoke rolled in again. Just as they thought they might need to evacuate the village it cleared away and they tried to sleep once more.

Now Triquet is glad to be up. Their mask had gone crooked during the night so they make sure to affix it properly again. Afflicting these poor villagers with a plague would be adding more than insult to injury. Gah, what a curse modern humans are. We helplessly destroy everything we touch.

The two options Triquet has to relieve their bladder are the two trails they’ve successfully traveled on: the wide trail leading down to the river and the game trail Jay followed Morska Vidra and the others up and over. Deciding against pissing in the wind, Triquet hurries down the wide trail, thinking that before they get to the first stream there is a broad forest behind which they might find a moment’s privacy.

Moments later, straightening from a crouch, Triquet feels eyes on them. They hurrily finish, scrubbing themself clean with a handful of moss, covering their mess, and pull their pants up. The dark eyes in the seamed face gleam in the morning light.

“Good morning. Not polite to stare, you know. At least where I’m from.” Triquet doesn’t recognize this old man. He is short, with a barrel-chest and round face. His curls are gray but he isn’t ancient. Perhaps in his fifties. And he crouches at the side of the trail, where Triquet left it to find some privacy. Now they will have to pass him to return to the trail.

There is something malevolent in the old man. The staff he leans on doesn’t look dangerous, but Triquet remembers how villagers from across the river carried spears. Maybe he was from there. That would just be Triquet’s luck.

Triquet doesn’t know self-defense, but in an earlier life they weren’t a bad soccer player and they still trust their kicks. If the old creep gets up to anything, then…

And that’s exactly what happens. As Triquet nears him, the old man says something unwholesome and grabs his own genitals. Then he says the word koox̱ and reaches for Triquet’s.

With a shrill scream, Triquet jumps back and away, their foot connecting with the man’s outstretched forearm. He watched Triquet as they did their business. Now he wants to confirm what he saw. What is the great goddamn fascination certain people have with nongendered people and bathrooms? How, in the middle of absolutely nowhere planet earth is Triquet still being forced to deal with this utter bullshit?

Triquet hurries down the path, the old man’s croupy laugh in their ears. Disgusting. Horrible. Infuriating. It’s only when Triquet re-enters the village and their gaze falls on the fetish that had been waiting here in the village when they’d returned last night that Triquet realizes who that was.

“Where were you?” Jay whispers and Triquet jumps. He did an admirable job of creeping noiselessly across the village to join Triquet here beside the hut that sports the fetish. “You find a spot to pee?”

Triquet shakes their head no and leads Jay by the arm away from the wide trail heading down to the river. “Up there. That’s your best bet.”

A wind rises and the morning birds go silent. A few villagers appear in their doors, looking with fear at the sky.

Triquet and Jay look skyward as well. The smoke is still there, hanging in the still air. Why is the air still? They just heard the wind. But it isn’t a wind. It’s an uncanny sound, with a high pitched whine slicing the air… It’s the oncoming white noise of a black drone. That’s what the birds and villagers both heard.

It hovers above them, slowly circling, as if unsure it sees them. Jay yelps, leaping into the air. “Yo! Here! We’re here!”

Katrina stumbles out from her spot beside the cliff, dragged out of sleep, unable to process what is happening. Jay pushes her arms into the air.

“There! Up there! You see it?”

But it isn’t getting any lower. Now it hovers over the clearing. The villagers have all vanished inside again. Whatever omen this inexplicable thing brings is entirely unwelcome, that’s for sure.

After a long moment, the drone’s servo underneath, that Katrina usually uses to hook Mandy’s weather station, now releases a small sachet or bag. It spins downward at an angle, catching a breeze, and blows into the trees that lead to the river.

Jay yelps again and takes off at a loping run, crossing the village and heading down the wide path. It couldn’t have gone much farther than this. The breeze wasn’t that stiff. But it fell like it was almost pulled under the eaves…

A small brown figure crouches over a bush, using a staff to pull the sachet to them. Wetchie-ghuy. He’s stealing what the drone dropped. “Hey!” Jay runs to him but the old man cackles and spins away, diving into the ceanothus and disappearing underneath.

Jay tries to follow but he is much larger. The old man tumbles forward with shocking speed, vanishing in an instant from view.

“Hey! Hey! Now, goddamnit that’s not yours!” Jay has hardly ever felt such fury. It was just such a patently wicked thing to do, he is outraged to his core. Just who the fuck is this guy?

But he’s lost him in the underbrush. The clever little bastard has wriggled away like a cat. Jay has lost. With a ragged sigh he pulls himself out of the clawing branches and turns dejectedly toward the village. The drone is gone. Probably out of battery. And their plan is ruined, whatever it was.

A cry of pain emerges from the underbrush. Jay turns back to it. After a bit, a silver fox trots out beside Jay, carrying the sachet in its mouth. It’s close enough for Jay to see a folded piece of paper in the transparent silk sack. With a crow of delight he reaches for the fox but it trots clear and takes the sachet back to the village.

Ah. This is Morska Vidra’s fox. Now the sachet belongs to him.

Ξ

“Hurry! It’s very strong!” Flavia grips a stick with monofilament line wrapped around it as a primitive fishing pole. Her first catch!

Maahjabeen lopes across the sand, laughing at her. “Ohh, very good. Jay is going to be so jealous that we started without him.”

“Well… we can hope…” Flavia grunts with effort between each phrase, “…that they get back… in time… for him to cook it!”

“He really is the best cook.” Maahjabeen drops to her knees at the edge of the water. Flavia marches steadily backward, feet digging into the sand. How large is this beast?

Finally it emerges, a pink rockfish nearly half a meter in length. It struggles mightily, and Maahjabeen wades into the water to hold its spiny ridge against her leg while she stabs her filet knife behind its skull, severing its spine. It shivers and blood stains the water. Something deep and sad plunges within her as it always does. This is such a beautiful and complex life that she has taken. “Inshallah,” she breathes, knowing that God is in even this—especially this—even if she is having trouble finding Him. She pulls the heavy creature from the water, Flavia whooping and carrying on like she just scored a goal at the World Cup. Maahjabeen smiles gently at her friend, realizing that, to the mathematician, this beautiful fish is just food.

Perhaps Pradeep is the same. How could he not be? He is a killer of epic proportions. He wipes out entire colonies of mold and bacteria for the sake of his curiosity and career. He affixes bugs to pins and feeds the blood of birds and fish into those creepy readers the army gave them. Echh… Maahjabeen doesn’t trust them. She doesn’t know why, or how they could possibly be misused. But their origin is all she needs to despise them. Fortunately, her work hardly requires their use. But even so, she suggests, “We should get a sample for Plexity before we cut it up into sushi.”

Flavia cackles and lifts the fish. It is surprisingly heavy. She has never landed such a huge fish. It weighs like three kilos. The most she’d ever caught were little shining sardines in a net off the Amalfi coast one summer that she and her brother always put back. But this is enough to feed the whole camp. “Is it good? Can we eat it?”

“Rockfish? Oh, yes. Very tasty. You find it in most supermarkets. But ehh, now I am wondering how the removal of this fellow will affect the lagoon’s balance here and the reef where it hunted. We are having an impact for sure. I don’t know what rockfish eat, but whatever it is will breathe a sigh of relief tonight. At least until another one moves in.”

“It is our original sin, eh? Humans. We stain whatever we touch. With dirt and blood. Concrete and steel…” A kind of restless claustrophobia possesses Flavia. She is of a generation that sees nothing but its own impact. She can’t even have this, without guilt. But what is she to do? She needs to eat. Something usually dies somewhere when it is time for her to eat. Now multiply that by eight billion. A daily river of blood.

Flavia is reminded of a conversation she had with Jay the week before and now her perspective pulls far back, as it often does, to encompass the entire planet over eons. She watches the wars and the slaughter and the founding of cities on coasts and along rivers, clay and stone accretions rising like termite mounds in pyramids then skyscrapers, tiny chrysalis collections filled with light and life… “Huh. That is all we are, no?”

Maahjabeen looks at Flavia sidelong, envious of the dreamy abstractions she so effortlessly conjures. “What?”

“We aren’t individuals, us wriggling hairless worms. No. No, we aren’t even a swarm or a collective. We aren’t the point at all. See, you have to think about it over a long enough timescale. What is the first thing we do anywhere we go? We build. Look, if you were an alien in the sky studying Earth over millennia, you would see what is happening down here more like coral reefs. Our identity isn’t in this.” Flavia sweeps her hand over her body. “Or even in this.” She taps her temple. “It’s in the buildings that house us. They satisfy all our needs for safety and security and sturdiness, our claims against death. We want immortality. Concrete and steel give it. Wood and tile. My mother’s family has a villa in Verona that was built in 1582. It has outlived everyone. It is the family, in ways that none of us are. We are just the wriggling worms bringing it food and minerals so it can grow larger. And then families combine into villages and towns. Our cities now are concrete for hundreds of square kilometers. The nervous system is the power grid, the blood vessels and digestion the water and sewer lines. Huh. Jay told me this and I have never seen it so clearly before. All our science and religion matter less than our architecture. We build reefs.”

Maahjabeen was with her until that last bit. No, there must be a way to include Allah in this thrilling vision. It runs so counter to what Maahjabeen has ever believed to be true: that instead she is a unique shriven soul standing alone in God’s light, with her family and culture more important than anything but the ocean itself. To instead put all the emphasis on inert walls and roofs and floors seems heretical somehow. “I don’t like it. It removes the human from the system.”

“Well, that’s the thing. It’s only the accumulated expression of millions of humans over thousands of years that eventually makes a city state. We build and build. I wonder what the endpoint might be? A conscious city? Perhaps Hong Kong might be a good test lab, constrained and geographically isolated as it is. But no. Think. What is Hong Kong but an expression of human thought and will? Production and creativity? Towers rising to the sky. The entire landscape remade to suit its own needs. So we are not humans, no, we are towns and cities with millions of tiny little human agents working within.”

Maahjabeen shudders, the images getting too uncanny. What does that make her, then, as a solitary researcher on the waves? Perhaps she is a spore or whatever the coral polyps have that is floating on the currents, off to explore the world and found her own colony. But eh. “No. Building more buildings is not at all what I want from my life.”

“We don’t even have to,” Flavia shrugs, staring out over the water at the gray horizon, visualizing what she sees: a jumble of all the great structures she can imagine, and even some more humble, farms isolated in fields. “There are already enough sites. Our era just needs to contribute to the structures already on them.”

Prophet save her. That’s enough science fiction for one day. Maahjabeen lifts the rockfish to her shoulder and carries it across the sand back to camp. Halfway back, she tries to assure Flavia that she will get all the credit for catching dinner tonight, but when she turns to say so she realizes Flavia hasn’t come with her. She is still on the beach, staring pensively out at the horizon, caught in her vision of the distant future. What a strange person.

As she reaches the edges of the camp, Mandy rushes up to Maahjabeen, clapping and squealing with joy. Her grief has vanished and she is spritely again, her long hair pulled away in a ponytail. She goggles at the fish but it hardly delays her own good news: “There’s rain coming! Ra-a-a-i-i-i-i-n! It’ll put out the fire!”

Ξ

Esquibel has never taken a better bite of food than the rice and fish steaming in her bowl. Fresh fish is such a luxury. So nutrient-dense. She can already feel her body start to respond, as if chambers deep in her thoracic cavity and legs only now fill with vitality after being bare-as-her-childhood-cupboards for so long.

Triquet is telling the story of their separation by fairy light, LED strands which Katrina hung upon her return while Jay happily deboned the fish and made this incredible meal. They all look well and Miriam assured her they practiced good mask discipline during their forty-three hour ordeal. Now Esquibel’s mind can’t focus on Triquet’s story, which flits from subject to observation to conjecture, too much all at once for her to absorb.

She sighs and takes another bite. It’s the meal that is disordering her focus more than anything. It’s nearly a sexual experience. Somewhere between sex and the religious ecstasies she witnessed in Nairobi’s Pentecostal churches. Paroxysms of joy. The meaning of life in sensory pleasure. Or rather, sensation so profound it introduces you to one or more gods. Life can be so good! Esquibel privately resolves to stop thinking poorly of Jay. The strapping lad obviously has his uses. And he is such a gentle soul. She can taste it in the broth in the bottom of the bowl. Nourishing. Comforting. How could he do that with such simple ingredients?

She studies Jay across the circle of chairs as they eat, Triquet’s narrative including smoke and storm and a whole new village of warlike Lisicans to worry about. Jay is an engaged listener, nodding and laughing at each recollection without taking the focus away from Triquet, who is of course an excellent storyteller. Jay feels Esquibel’s eyes on him and when he looks her way she toasts him with the bowl. “It’s lovely. Thank you.”

He blushes, looking like he’s six years old. Esquibel shakes her head in amusement. She’s never known someone so truly young. So callow. Is this how they breed them in California? Puff them with innocence like marshmallows? Or is it only that life is so easy on his beach? This is a man who has never needed to learn how to be an adult. Life has removed those considerations. She is at once envious and bitterly judgmental. How can someone ever learn any kind of toughness unless he has faced adversity? How could he truly have a worthwhile character if each one of his needs every day of his life was met by merely holding out his hand? Look at him. He doesn’t even know how good he’s got it. That charming smile. Those blond good looks and that open, friendly innocence are worth millions of dollars. More. They are priceless. They will open every door for him throughout his life.

Ahh, her head is skipping again from thing to thing. It’s almost like she is drunk! She has to have better self-control or she will start to think about things that would remain better-off unthought and get herself in trouble. With effort, Esquibel stiffens her spine, levering what she had once identified as her T2 thoracic vertebra to rock back into a military posture. There. Now her training will help her master herself. Her head suddenly rises so high it stops Triquet’s recitation.

“What? What is it, Doc? Something in the dark?”

“Ehh?” Esquibel realizes she has pulled focus. Now everyone is looking at her. “Ah. Yes. Something maybe I heard. But I don’t think so. I think it was just… never mind. Please continue. I am only hearing things.” She waves everyone’s concern away and puts the bowl to her lips again, to hide behind it.

Triquet resumes where they left off. “And then, after I was done I pulled up my drawers and who do you think is standing there watching me? Wetchie-ghuy.”

“No.” Flavia shoots to her feet, holding a warding hand between her and Triquet. “No, I do not want to hear this story. So please maybe you do not tell it.”

Triquet sighs. “That’s fine. I won’t go into details. It went… okay. But he’s just a disgusting little toad, for sure. No, Flavia. Please stay. I’ll skip that whole part. But I can’t skip his involvement in what came next. You have to hear about what happened to the little bag the drone dropped. He stole it.”

“I swear,” Jay says, “he voodoo-ed that shit down into where he was hiding in the trees. There was no reason it should have dropped the way it did. Like at a forty degree angle.”

Triquet bows toward Jay with a flourish. “And superhero here went scrambling after it, but Wetchie-ghuy got to it first.”

“Of course!” Flavia scowls as Maahjabeen puts an arm around her. “The little creep.”

“But just as he was getting away…” Jay pauses. “You’ll like this, Flavia, the village fox ran into the bushes where he was hiding and bit him. Stole the, what was it like a big tea sachet? out of his hand and ran it right back to Morska Vidra, who didn’t want to touch it at all. But they wouldn’t let us have it back either. So they argued about it all night and into the storm. We never did get the sachet back. And as far as I know they still haven’t opened it. What does it even say?”

“Just an explanation of the current state of affairs, in case you didn’t know them.” Pradeep leans back against one of the posts of his platform, bowl balanced on his knees. “Where the fire was and how it got started and estimates on how long it might burn. Amy added some very nice words of encouragement. And Esquibel included a medical pamphlet for common field wounds.”

“Christ,” Miriam shakes her head, “imagine how they’re reacting to those mysterious written artifacts now. That were delivered by a giant buzzing black sky insect. We just invented an entire bloody religion with that one stunt. Thanks, Sony.”

“I tried to keep it up out of view but I suppose it is such a unique sound that they hadn’t heard before there was no way I could hide it.” Pradeep shrugs, helpless. “Shoot. The drone seemed like such a good idea at the time. But when it came time to actually write out the message, it turned out there was hardly anything to tell you besides to hang tight. And now I’ve traumatized an entire village. I’ve broken the prime directive!”

“Uh, we all have at this point, mate. We’re pretty bad trekkies for sure. Can I share a bit of my own story?” Katrina squeezes Triquet’s arm. “I’ve been so busy since we got back but now I have some results to share.”

“Yeah, you vanished, there at the end.” Triquet steps back, granting the space to Katrina, and finds their bowl. Time for seconds. Over their shoulder, they call out, “I was afraid our debacle had left you hurting, sweetie, but I didn’t want to intrude.”

“No. Not at all. See, well, confession time. I did a bit of a no-no yesterday when we got driven out of the village by the smoke and I hung back a bit to snap this.” Katrina holds up her phone. On it is a photo of a rough bare interior wall, on which hangs a cape or a tapestry. The flash illuminates its details sharply: it is quite old and tattered, its dark blocky designs faded to shadow. Katrina zooms in on the textile piece and hands her phone around. “I really hope no one was still in there, like hanging back, like hiding in the corner when my flash went off. Talk about starting a religion.”

“What is that?” Alonso can’t make sense of the abstract shapes, inexplicable as cave paintings. “I don’t get it. Is that a shawl?”

“I didn’t dare mention I’d done it while we were still there. In case any of them found out.” Katrina’s voice is conspiratorial. “What if I’d broken a real taboo? So I waited until we were back here safe and sound to bring it up. So look. I compared this image to all the art examples I could find for all the nearby peoples. I started pretty much counterclockwise. The Kiril Islanders. The Ainu of Japan. Various Polynesian groups in Samoa and Hawai’i. All the Native American peoples of the West Coast. And I finally found a close match for the artistic style.”

“You did?” Triquet’s voice is loudest above the others. This is big news and they’re all excited by it. Triquet begs for Katrina’s phone for another inspection of the artifact.

But now Katrina plays coy. “No no, you pack of geniuses. Guess. Whose artwork is it? Who does this look like to you?”

“It’s gonna be something weird,” Amy chuckles, “like from Chile or not even the Pacific Ocean. What do Bosnian designs look like?”

Pradeep holds his hand out. “Let me see it again.” Katrina hands him her phone and he studies it in silence as the others think.

“Didn’t one of us have a Masters in Design or something?” Jay wonders. “Ask them.”

“Yeah,” Mandy snorts. “Katrina.”

Katrina shrugs. “I’m not the expert here. Triquet’s our star archaeologist. But that’s cheating. Let’s hear what the amateurs think first.”

Pradeep finally pronounces, “That art style is so familiar. Like the faces on a totem pole. I will guess one of the peoples of the Northwest. Like near Seattle.”

“Good eye!” Katrina takes her phone back and indicates different parts of the faded artwork. “These do indeed compare to the distinct artistic styles of the Northwest Pacific cultures. See if you look real close here you can still find a tiny bit of red and blue pigments. Then look. This is what it looks like if you take a couple hours to digitally fill in those gaps with paint… Here’s my rough attempt.” She swipes to the next photo, where she’s painted the spots that have faded. “See? It nearly looks like what it is…”

Triquet finally snatches the phone from her hand, brow furrowed, to crouch in the sand and study the photos in detail.

“Who are the tribes of Seattle? Or the nations, I guess?” Mandy tries to remember what she knows of them.

Katrina starts bouncing up and down, unable to contain her excitement. “Well, here’s the thing. Totem poles and this kind of indigenous Northwest style is somewhat shared among the different Salish peoples. But it goes all the way up the coast and that’s where our Lisicans are from. Alaska. But they aren’t Salishan. They’re probably related to the modern-day Tlingit.”

“Tlingit!” Triquet exclaims. “I see it! The geometric patterns! Excellent detective work, love!” Katrina takes a small bow.

“Tlingit…” Alonso has heard the word before, but knows next to nothing about the people behind it. “And is Tlingit their word for themselves or our word for them?”

“Well, I’ve only done the most preliminary reading, so I’m not really sure. They live on Alaska’s panhandle, you know that part that stretches down into Canada? There are four basic divisions, apparently.” Katrina reads from her phone, “Southern Tlingit, Northern, Inland, and Gulf Coast Tlingit. And each of these regions have a bunch of different tribes and councils. So they all have names of their own for themselves. Says they’re all super private, so there isn’t much about them in our files. I can do better research, of course, when we’re back somewhere online but…”

“I am unconvinced.” Alonso sits back, automatically settling into his old position of judging doctoral candidates. “Your evidence is too tenuous. It is only a single item. What if they are from somewhere completely different, like a tribe from the south or something, and a single Tlingit once visited them a hundred years ago and left this piece as a gift? What if it is not Tlingit at all? You need more than a sample size of one.”

Katrina vigorously nods in agreement. “Yes. Yes, and that’s why I was overjoyed to find this, like, blog with some Tlingit phrases. There isn’t like a translation program or a whole online dictionary really anywhere, at least that I can access here. But some of the words do match. So here’s my second line of evidence. Then I looked more deeply and realized it’s actually more related to an extinct Athabascan language called Eyat. So I’ve been listening to Eyat recordings and the Lisicans’ speeches get so so close to making sense. Something about the forefather. Something about the seasons or the calendar. The storms seem to be connected to Wetchie-ghuy, who is an outcast shaman who used to be part of the tribe? Maybe? Something like that.”

“You have been translating their words?” This makes Alonso sit up. Katrina has suddenly gone so far so fast.

Katrina nods again. “That word koox̱ that we keep hearing get thrown around? Flavia. It doesn’t mean wife.”

“No? Well good. What does it mean?”

“It means slave.”

“Ai! Is that supposed to make me feel better?”

“Slave? Wetchie-ghuy was trying to enslave her?” Now Triquet wishes they weren’t so gentle with their kicks. “Not just a sexual predator but a slaver too? You know, I don’t like this whole Jabba the Hut plot turn. Leia here isn’t ready for bikini season.”

Katrina reads aloud: “Hereditary slavery was a substantial part of Eyat culture until shortly before their extinction, when it was outlawed by the US government over a hundred years ago.”

“Hereditary?” Mandy makes an offended sound. “These people keep slaves for like generations? Ew. Can we please go back to not understanding what the Lisicans were saying? I liked them more back then.”

“What else do we know?” Triquet asks, finally looking up from the phone. “From what I can see, I can tell you this is most likely a pinniped’s hide, like a sealskin, scraped clean and bleached, then painted with organic dyes. I remember hearing in a lecture how interdependent the coastal trade and culture networks were between the coastal settlements and Athabascan Diné folks in the interior. But that’s all I got. Maybe they got their dyes by trade? Not many plants to harvest on like glaciers, I’d imagine.”

“No, they aren’t on glaciers. It actually isn’t that icy that far south.” Amy recollects her visits to Juneau and the Tongass National Forest. “Rainy and cold as hell. But so beautiful. Just endless trees, right up to the water. Wolves and eagles. Tons of fishing. The Eyat must have had it so good for so long.”

“So good they kept slaves.” Mandy can’t get over the fact that they’re sharing an island with people who keep slaves—who tried to enslave them the first time they saw them!

“Not all of them,” Miriam amends. “Maybe just Wetchie-ghuy. Morska Vidra and his people didn’t try to enslave us. Or maybe it’s that other tribe that does? Maybe there’s some kind of dispute between them? About slaves? Or outcast shamans?”

Katrina shrugs. “I don’t have a clue. Yet. But I’ll keep working on it. But it’s definitely slow going. Like I said, there’s this weird Slavic word-bombing going on in their language and just when I think I’m starting to get their like pidgin Eyat, all of a sudden I’m playing Bosnian word games with my schoolgirl friend again.”

“You say it’s a pidgin?” Now the discoveries are coming fast and furious. Triquet remembers that one undergrad linguistics theory class that broke their brain. Their near-failure in that course played a distinct part in their choice to become an archaeologist and not an anthropologist. Things instead of people. Triquet has never regretted their decision. “I don’t know much, but I do recall that there are like established metrics you can use to chart how many generations a language has drifted from its origins. Pidgin languages nearly always develop in pretty standard ways.”

“So if we find one of those matrices,” Pradeep reasons, “we can model the age of the pidgin’s development and find when they separated from the mainland and colonized Lisica.”

Katrina holds up her hands. “Maybe. Like after a lot more study. I’ve got a good ear for languages but you’ve heard how they sound. Like a musical trash compactor. They sound very little like any modern Athabascan language I’ve found. Those are more guttural. This is, I don’t know, chatty and light. As long as the vocabulary makes sense I’m going with Eyat, at least until further notice.”

Triquet raises Katrina’s hand in victory like she just won a boxing bout. “Winner and still champ-een! The soft social sciences! Ha! Without us, life would hardly be worth living.”

Ξ

Mandy excuses herself to use the trenches. They are all calling for more glasses now. It looks like it will be another celebration, with everyone returned. Maybe Katrina will play some more of that sultry music that makes Esquibel move like a cat in heat.

Upon Mandy’s return, at the edge of the grove she finds Jay walking toward her. He nods and she does too. But his expression is pained. She stops. “Oh, no. What is it, Jay?”

“Just uhh… Just had to let you know…” He shakes his head. “I didn’t rat you out. Never did. Nobody knows who started the fire.”

“Oh!” Mandy claps her hand over her mouth. The predicament Jay has been struggling with is instantly apparent to her. He’s been keeping her arson a secret! “I’m so sorry! I mean, everyone already knows it was me. Don’t worry. It was my stupid idea.”

“No, it was my stupid idea.” Jay struggles to keep his temper. He shakes his head, bitter. “Sorry. Not angry with you. Just myself. I can’t just go shooting my mouth off like that. I can’t!”

“No. Jay, no.” Mandy consoles him, a hand on his arm. “Please. Seriously. This is like my formal apology, okay? I was just so upset not being able to contribute any science I got really reckless and didn’t think about the long-term effects a fire would have.”

“Still.” Jay is stiff, unwilling to forgive himself. “It wouldn’t have even occurred to you if I wasn’t still fucking around… I just got to wise up, know what I’m saying?”

“I guess we both do.” Mandy gives him a fist bump. But he still isn’t over being upset. She searches for common ground. “Uh. It’ll be okay. So weird being the youngest ones here, right? You, me, and Katrina I guess. Back home I was running a lab of undergrads every day. They made fun of me for being so old. Now here I am the baby again. And nobody listens to what we say. And then when we do something it turns out to be a total fucking trainwreck.”

“Yeah.” But Jay isn’t ready to hear consoling words. “Speaking as a biologist, The real tragic part is the entire like biome that must have existed in that tunnel. There were probably a dozen different bird and animal species, maybe small mammals, and countless insect and plant and fungus—”

“I know!” Mandy turns away from the unbearable litany. “I mean, I’m sorry! I’m so sorry! I just thought it would burn like a chimney fire all nice and cozy for a few hours then I could just go and sweep out the ashes and start figuring out how to climb up to the top to install my instruments. I was so excited! But I’m just so dumb when it comes to things like this.”

“Man… I saw the flare from the top.” Jay shakes his head at the memory of the brilliant flame, like a burning oil well. Those villagers had never seen anything like it, that’s for sure. “That fucker burned so hot.”

“Pradeep said it could have burned for like a week. But I’m so glad the rain came and doused it. But it didn’t make things any better. The fire is out but the tunnel is still blocked. So we’re left with the worst of both worlds.”

“Nah. That fire was full-on jet engine style. We were getting air currents at the cave mouth sucking more oxygen into it. I’d be surprised if there’s any fuel left. It burned hot.”

“Are you serious? You think so?” This perks Mandy up. The prospect of having a clear path up the cliffs again revives her. She clasps hands with still-doleful Jay. “If it’s actually clear it almost makes it worth it. Let’s go check. Will you come?”

“Uh, now?” Jay hadn’t made any plan beyond finding Mandy and telling her he hadn’t snitched on her, but he didn’t expect the conversation to turn into a night-time underground expedition.

“Yeah. Why not?” Mandy swings his hand, trying to infuse him with her energy. “We’re the young ones, remember? We wake up at night? I do all my best work after sunset.”

Jay nods, unable to dispute it. “True dat.” He allows her to lead him back to camp, his reluctance slowly shifting to excitement.

As they go, Mandy spots a shifting shadow. Esquibel. She must have followed Jay to watch over Mandy. Jay never saw her. Now she silently nods, to signal that all is well and Mandy is safe. Oh, Esquibel. Mandy chuckles to herself. She knows she is safe, and certainly from Jay. He’s just a big goof.

Ξ

“You know the strangest part, Zo?” They lie in bed, in the dark, Miriam and Alonso, his head on her chest. His eyes are closed but hers are open, seeing visions in the blackness.

He’s been drifting. Alonso grunts, pleased to hear the sound of her voice. Anything to have her keep talking. She starts stroking his hair. That too. He will never tire of how dear she is.

“The strangest part was that it was the first time we’ve spent a night apart since we found each other.”

“Hm.” Alonso opens his eyes, remembering a jumble of slurred images from the night before, after the seven glasses of wine that eventually allowed him to not worry himself to pieces over Miriam’s safety. “Yes. It was awful.”

She hugs him tight, kissing the crown of his head. “It was. Just dreadful sleep. And it got cold. No blankets.” Miriam snuggles closer to Alonso, reveling in his heat. “But that wasn’t the strangest thing. The strangest thing was, that I wasn’t with you and I missed you but… I mean, I really missed you, but… it was okay. For the first time in five years it was okay. I knew I was safe and you were safe and it would just be a matter of time until we saw each other again. So, I mean, I missed you. I certainly did. But for the first time I was able to really be, you know, myself. Not… just…”

“The grieving widow?”

“Yes! My entire bloody identity has been so bound up in you and your disappearance. It was crazy. Really difficult transition for me. We were never like this before. I was never Sergio Alonso Aguirre’s wife first and Miriam Truitt second.”

“No. Not you. My fierce independent little fox.”

“And not you, you big crazy adventurer. We’ve always been our own people. And for five bloody years I couldn’t…”

Now he hugs her. “Oh, Mirrie. I am so sorry.”

“No. It’s not your fault. This isn’t about you. It’s about my relationship with myself. It has nothing to do with you.”

“Of course it does, I inflicted my whole crisis onto you.”

“I wouldn’t have had it any other way.”

“I know. But I did. And I owe you so much for that.”

“You owe me nothing. Because you came back. Now if you hadn’t come back…”

“Yes. You would curse my ghost.” They settle in each other’s arms and Alonso considers the implications of her words. “So… are you saying you would like some space? Would you like to maybe find another place to sleep, until…?”

She swats him, hard. “Don’t be daft. Of course not. I have no idea what it means. I guess I want to return to who I used to be. But I know I kind of can’t, can I? I’ll never be so… so brave, so unwise, so happy… To be free like that again. The nightmare went on so long I hardly realized it after a while. But the trouble is that… that solitary vigil I held, it changed me. A lot. I guess I just thought I was getting old, that this kind of despair was what getting old meant. But that isn’t true either, is it? This is some wild shit, Zo. I just don’t know who I am any more. It’s kind of scary.”

Alonso is tempted to say he knows a bit about what she means, but he knows that it will change the subject and make it all about his suffering again, which must always be the primary suffering, always the first and last one mentioned, like the Lord’s Prayer. And he’s already sick of that. He doesn’t want to eclipse her, not now. This is her time to unravel what she has become. Here in his arms. “I will love you whoever you want to be.” It sounds weak but it is true. She doesn’t know how much an equivocation it is. But he has already spoken things aloud that he thought he’d never speak and even lived through traumatic memories that he’d forbidden himself with the help of good friends and better drugs.

He had been so sure he would never heal. In the gulag and in the military hospitals, surrounded by men broken in war. He would have bet all the money in the world he was broken too, beyond repair. But bodies are wonderful things. All this computational biology unfolding within him. They never stop, the synapses firing and the blood chemistry shifting, unless you mentally stop yourself. And the last thing Alonso wants to do is to be like Katrina’s brother Pavel and mentally stop himself, stuck in his torture, unable to move beyond it. Oh, it still shackles Alonso to the earth, there is no doubt that he will be dealing with this pain for the rest of his life. But now he has a life.

Miriam floats up and away from the bed, her mind taking flight. Yes, who is she? And who shall she become…? Old ambitions reawaken in her. She sees canyons in Ethiopia and the Gobi Desert. Her view rises to the moon. Sweet Christ, with Alonso back she can scratch that itch she’s had for decades about lunar geology. That very charming astrogeologist postdoc invited Miriam to her lab last year and she had never followed up. Now she could. She could wander the earth’s hidden caverns again and learn the secrets of the sky. Oh, bless. Her whole life is starting over now.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

25 – Blows Him A Kiss

Maahjabeen lifts another armful of heavy branches and carries them across the beach to the lean-to she is rebuilding against the trunk of the fallen redwood. It had been Pradeep who had made it for her a few weeks ago, and then again after that sleeper wave, but the last storm had once again erased all sign of it.

Now, as a labor of love, she builds it again.

Catching her breath, she leans against the giant mass of the horizontal trunk behind her. The sun is breaking through, with silver streaks lighting the ocean in the far distance like spotlights tilted down from heaven. Imagine being a school of sardines out in the open ocean and all of a sudden God decides it is your time to be the star of the show. Maahjabeen is a firm believer in the growing marine biology discoveries about fish intelligence and social complexity. So she imagines they would react to the beneficent touch of the creator with glee. They might be dancing with the stars under the waves, for all she knows.

Maahjabeen giggles. She is in love, truly in love. This is what it is supposed to feel like. She is in wonder at the purity of Pradeep. Mind and body, he is unlike anyone she thinks can even exist in this world. And he is hers. All hers. She wraps her arms around herself with a sense of deep completion. After losing her mother and then her family and town and country and culture, she has been adrift, literally following the currents wherever they take her, ever since. She has had no home, no roots. And it has not been a thrilling adventure. It has really only felt like bleak survival. Because when there is nothing to fall back on, your thoughts return again and again to finding stability. These short oceanography contracts have kept her afloat (again, literally) but she can’t depend on finding them consistently over the years. She needs a larger plan. Before, she just couldn’t decide where to build her life. Now she knows: wherever Pradeep is.

Then she realizes she doesn’t know where Pradeep currently lives. This is important information. It can be a home base for her, a landing spot between her contracts all over the world. Maybe he could even come with her sometimes as another researcher.

Maahjabeen giggles again. She has never been like this. She comes from a family of reserved, educated women. Even their love they dispense in brief but intense dollops. But that is the Tunisian way. And Maahjabeen is now a citizen of the world, is she not? Her time in Japan, in Indonesia and Dar es Salaam and Belize has shown her how wildly different humans can be. Only some of them follow the prophet. Some follow other religions. And others appear to be entirely without God. What had dismayed her is that she couldn’t readily tell which was which. She’d thought that by looking at the hovels and high-rises of Hokkaido and Sumatra and Corozal she could discern the godly among them. But the atheist Japanese had the cleanest and fairest towns and villages of all and her brothers and sisters in Islam in Dar and in Jakarta had been some of the most despairing.

It has caused doubt in her. Not in her faith, which remains as deep and profound as it ever had, but rather in her cultural connection to her faith. She is still a devout Muslim. But she realizes she is no longer the Tunisian version of that. She can now see Allah everywhere, in every tall tree of this island and every wave that laps against the gray shore. She sees holiness in the faces of unbelievers and knows that God is omnipresent, regardless of whether they believe it or not. He watches over them all.

So in that sense, Pradeep has already joined the ummah just by his willingness to listen. She is already doing great work by revealing the Prophet’s words to him. Maahjabeen can rest assured that her intimacy with him is no sin. And besides, not a living soul will know what happened here. It will be their secret forever.

The god rays break through the clouds and their spotlights widen on the ocean’s shining surface, creating white gold luminescences that are painful to behold. She turns toward the southwest instead, to study the dark horizon. It is always a comfort to her, to see the infinite sea disappearing over the furthest edge of the world. This is where the Pacific has every other ocean beat. She has felt this same sweet solitude on the Indian and Atlantic Oceans for sure, but the scale that the Pacific provides is something else. God is here again. The scale of god, the power that comes with infinity. She suspects that God’s divinity specifically derives from His endlessness. Her mathematic brain has always thought so.

What she would give to be out on that open ocean, well-supplied and with a clear forecast for like five days. To be surrounded by nothing but water… It has been too long. She is not really made to live this long on land. She hopes that Pradeep understands that he is dating a mermaid.

This gets another chuckle out of her. What her lover’s amazing brain has reminded her, in their trips together in the kayaks, is that they aren’t skating over a shining surface of a two-dimensional world. It is the roof of an entire rich ecosystem that she is often unwilling to fully take into account. Perhaps it messes with her solitude, the idea that she is far from alone when she is on the water. Perhaps she has a bit of thalassophobia, a fear of the deep, that she has never properly reconciled. But how can you reconcile that terror? Look at those patches out there right now.

She scrambles atop the trunk to get a better view. Blue and green and gray fields exist on the surface of the nearby ocean. They indicate many things, one of them being the depth of the water beneath. The ocean floor could be like 3800 meters here and it wouldn’t surprise her. To fall… to be pulled down into inky, icy oblivion… La. She isn’t sure there is a healthy way to deal with the human need to avoid the deep.

Now. Back to work. How did Pradeep build this thing…? Oh, you idiot. He had twine. Maahjabeen can’t do much here without it. Well. It won’t be more than a moment to retrieve a roll. And maybe she can grab a bite while she’s in camp.

Maahjabeen scrambles onto the fallen log once more, this time facing camp. And that’s when she sees it: the plume of gray smoke streaming from a hole in the top of the cliffs directly above. The wind whips the smoke up and away before it reaches them. That is why she hasn’t smelled it.

But the island is on fire.

Ξ

“I knew it was Jay’s idea!” Esquibel has heard all she needs to hear. It is always Jay. He is the one problem with this whole mission.

“No, no…” Mandy waves her hand in defeat. “You can’t pin it on him. I’m the idiot who actually set the fire.”

“But why… Why would you do that?” Alonso is at a loss. A giant plume of smoke streams from the island like it’s the chimney of a log fucking cabin. Any ship within range will see them. If the skies continue to break up every satellite in this whole hemisphere will turn their cameras onto Lisica.

Amy puts a calming hand on Mandy’s arm. “More importantly, why would you do that without consulting us first?”

“I just—I’m so sorry! I just thought that it wouldn’t be such a big deal. I guess I don’t have much experience with fires. But it seemed safe since it’s all contained in that one like chimney there. So I thought I could just build a quick fire at the base and… I don’t know. I guess I thought it would all go poof and then I’d have an easy way up to the platform on the cliff.”

“It must be like thousands of cubic meters of dry fuel.” Pradeep shakes his head in despair. “It could burn for, like, weeks. Not that it will. But it must be a massive amount of dry wood. We’re talking a four hundred meter shaft, minimum, with like a three meter cross-section. Let’s say the wood is only able to fill half that volume. That’s still… I mean, I can do some calculations… There are equations for how fast wood burns, I’m sure.”

“And how hot is it getting in there?” Amy shakes her head in despair. “It’s like a giant rocket stove. I wouldn’t want to be any of the critters who set up homes in there.”

“Oh my god I didn’t even think about them!” Mandy holds her face in her hands. This is a nightmare. She doesn’t even feel Esquibel’s comforting hand on her back. Now she has to bear the burden of dead wildlife. She ruined the entire field study. She probably ruined their relationship with the Lisicans. And now she has all this blood on her hands. Mandy’s never had to handle this amount of guilt. She can’t take it.

Pradeep has stepped away to the bunker. He returns, calling out, “That’s what I thought. You can feel a noticeable draft pulling air through the sub. Much stronger than before. Amy is right. With all that fuel it must be drawing the air up it and creating a kind of rocket effect. I wouldn’t be surprised if it was hot enough to melt steel in there.”

“Oh, god!” Mandy can’t bear any more. She tears herself away and flees, out of camp, away from this reality. But she stumbles in the sand and falls on her side, hands still covering her face. She is wracked by grief, only dimly aware that Esquibel and Amy kneel on either side, consoling her.

Alonso sighs, shaking his head. He wishes he had more fury. But instead he just feels a great weariness. This is how it happens. Not even halfway through the study. The military ships return and the island is taken away from them, just as Plexity is beginning to show its promise. Is this shock? Perhaps he’s in shock.

“Lonzo, we need to come up with a bit of a plan.” Amy encircles his wrist with her hand.

He can only manage a grunt.

She can divine his helplessness. After a compassionate smile and a hand pressed against his cheek, Amy turns toward the others. “Okay. Listen up, everyone. Safety protocol. As long as smoke is coming out of that hole, nobody is allowed in the tunnels. Actually, we probably want to close up the sub as tight as we can.”

“But what if it’s the others coming back?” Esquibel’s question, called out from Mandy’s side, stops them all. Even Mandy sits up.

Through her tears she bawls, “Oh, you’re right! What if they don’t want to be stuck in the interior and they try something dangerous! We need—Oh, Esquibel, you’ve got to call in the Air Force now. Or whoever. Please. We need help.”

But Esquibel only has a helpless shrug for Mandy. “I would if I could, Mands. You know I’d do anything for you.”

It is this evidence that finally convinces Pradeep that Esquibel really doesn’t have a secret link to the outside world. She would do anything for Mandy. “Shit. We really are alone here, aren’t we?”

“It is what Alonso and I have been telling you.” But it is not a point Esquibel needs to hammer home right now, not with how it’s making poor Mandy feel. Esquibel knows what the girl did is reckless but she does feel sympathy. She might have done the same thing in Mandy’s place. It was a reasonable course of action. Who can tell how long fires burn?

“Have we found any other route to the village? Amy? Anyone?” Pradeep tries to get back on track. “Could you see any trails when you were there? I have heard of a few, but…”

“Well, there’s the bad trail,” Amy lists, “and then another wide trail that heads down, I assume to their water source. Then there were a few game trails heading into the trees but I didn’t ever have time to see…”

“It’s possible there’s another way through,” Pradeep says. “But all the ways we know right now bottle-neck at the tunnel right next to the one on fire. So unless Triquet and the others somehow surprise us, they’re stuck there.”

Mandy wails and Amy comforts her with an arm over her shoulders. “Yeah, I think that’s clear, Prad. But maybe we can find a way to reach them. It won’t be weeks. Not with the fire burning that hot. I bet it’s done in another hour or two. We’ll see them again in the morning. I’m sure of it.” But the words sound hollow to them all, even to Amy herself. She eventually stops trying and pushes herself to her feet. “Well, I guess I’ll go close up the sub. Oh, don’t worry, Mandy. I won’t lock them out. I’ll make it so they can push the doors open. I just want to keep the smoke out.”

The impromptu meeting disperses as afternoon progresses into evening. Soon it is only Esquibel and Mandy left, one holding the other. Then Alonso calls out for Esquibel and she squeezes Mandy one last time before abandoning her. No. That is too harsh. She is just busy. With real work. Something Mandy cannot have.

Coming from the shadows, a voice growls, “Well I for one am glad you lit the tunnels on fire. I hope it collapses them and makes it impossible for anyone to go through them.” Flavia leans forward, her eyes burning. “Tonight I will sleep with more peace than I have in weeks.”

Ξ

“We will wait. We won’t do anything rash. We will only see what happens next. Jay…” Miriam puts a heavy hand on his forearm. He is filled with so many wild plans. “We aren’t going to search for the waterfall right now and we certainly aren’t going to launch anything off it.”

He frowns but nods, disappointed.

Miriam surveys the village. The Lisicans have stopped talking to them. They’ve stopped doing nearly all their normal daily work. The smoke has really rattled them. The researchers now stand off to the side, beside a bush and a rockfall in a neglected corner at the edge of the village beside the cliff the tunnel emerges from. It has been an hour, maybe more. They are doing all they can not to draw any more attention to themselves.

Morska Vidra emerges from a hut, blinking at the bright light. His face is thoughtful. With the tip of his thumb he selects several young villagers, talking to them in his sing-song. None of them look happy to be selected. Their heads hang down and their eyes are hooded, but they follow him.

Morska Vidra scrambles up a rockfall to a game trail in a cleft. He is headed toward the source of the smoke, but overland.

Jay can’t stay still any longer. “Fact-finding mission. We got to get in on this.” He slips away from the others and crosses the tunnel mouth to join them. “Heeey gang, mind if I tag along? I know a bunch more songs I could sing.”

“Jay!” Miriam’s voice is too loud, a dreadful whipcrack in this quiet little hamlet. Dozens of heads snap toward her. She lifts a hand in apology and her face goes red. She puts her hand over her mouth. Then she finally manages, “Jay, please get back here.”

But it’s too late. With a helpless shrug, Jay follows the last of the villagers into the cleft, obscured by overhanging boughs of cedar.

Miriam quivers with fury. Triquet ventures a light touch on her elbow but Miriam doesn’t even seem to register it. Triquet withdraws their hand.

“Well.” Katrina likes challenges for sure. But this is a bit much. Their only way out is gone. “And they’ve got to think we did it, somehow. Us or the others at the beach. They must be furious. I hope it doesn’t burn down anything sacred or whatever or we might get a taste of their penal code.”

“Well, Jay can take whatever punishment.” Miriam shakes her hands, trying to release the emotion roaring through her. “We can just watch. Now. We can’t just sit here and pretend to be invisible. We need to show them we can be of value.”

“I’ve got a first aid kit.” Triquet pulls off their backpack and takes out a small ziploc filled with medical supplies. “I don’t… I have no idea how to indicate to them how that might be useful though. Oh, why did Jay have to follow them? I was hoping he’d lose his mind and drop down into the tunnels and somehow save us all. Now I guess I’ll have to be the one to do it.”

“No.” Miriam and Katrina say it at the same time, both putting hands on Triquet. Miriam continues, “We have no idea how dangerous that is. And smoke inhalation is a real killer. You can’t. We just have to be patient.”

Triquet falls back into their embraces with a ragged sigh.

Jay has always prided himself on his climbing skills but these kids are flat-out amazing. First they’ve got top-notch ankle mobility, which he’s always struggled with as a basic bitch white boy. And their joints and hip flexors are as explosive as soccer midfielders. They hammer up the nearly vertical face, their toes grabbing little pockets in the dried clay here, kicking themselves upward like mountain goats.

Jay scrambles, his shoes unwieldy here. Finally he takes them off and crushes his toes getting them to follow in their barefoot tracks. They finally crest the cliff and Jay is surprised to see a wide hollow up here instead of the edge of the cliff dropping to the beach. But no. There’s yet a higher cliff beyond this one, rising up even more. And they’re headed toward it at a brisk pace. Jay starts running to keep up with them on the open land. He nearly reaches the Lisicans by the time they start ascending this cliff. They still haven’t acknowledged him in any way.

The cliff leads upward through a narrow maze of green limestone channels tufted by shrubs like a Doctor Seuss illustration. Jay pulls his way up through them, the soft skin of his feet already so tender. He hasn’t toughened them up in too long and now he’s paying the price. Well, the smoke’s getting worse too and this is what he’s here to see. Good thing he’s got a proper N95 mask already on.

They crest this cliff and here he is. On top of the entire fucking world. The seawinds whip at him from across the island to the north. The gray dome of clouds that conceals the island touches the sea in nearly every direction. He can see it all now, better than any drone. The island makes sense. “Ahh. Miriam’s gotta see this. Incredible.” He takes out his phone and gets a dozen shots before the others move on out of view. He hurries to join them.

They’ve dropped down the front face of this cliff, which sweeps outward in a smoke-filled bowl about the size of a basketball court. They get to the far edge of it, where the smoke is quite bad. Morska Vidra puts his feet over an edge and lowers himself down, face squeezed shut against the fumes. The others follow.

Finally Jay, heart pounding, crawls nearly blind to the spot and sits at the edge. He drops his legs over and feels a small ridge under his heel, no more than a couple centimeters wide. This is it? Then what? Man… Sometimes being heedless has its downsides for sure.

He slowly scoots down a fairly sheer face, sometimes hanging from the fabric of his shirt and shorts. But then he hears their voices below him and realizes they stand on a spine that is level here. He joins them, uncomfortably close on the small ridge.

This close to the fire, the air is suddenly scorching. Jay realizes it’s just on the other side of this ridge. And it’s roaring. The cliffs had hidden all this from them before but now they can hear it. It’s like a giant Roman fucking candle sending a huge jet of yellow flame straight up into the air. Cinders fall everywhere. They can’t get any closer.

Finally Jay realizes what he’s looking at. He understands what happened here. He remembers that it was his own words.

Now the Lisicans finally look at him. Shock, sadness, fear. He can’t bear their gazes. They don’t even realize how right they are to blame him for what they’re seeing. Jesus, dude. You’ve really got to learn to watch your fucking mouth. But never in a million years did I think she’d actually go and do it!

Ξ

Flavia hates waking up at night on this island, ever since those crabs took over the beach on one of the first nights. She’s never really gotten over that. Since then, if it’s dark, she does all she can not to open her eyes. But her alarm goes off all the same. Even before she is awake her hand moves to silence it.

Here in her cell, she starts to drift off again but a tiny inquisitive voice in the back of her head starts asking what that alarm was for. And now, until she can figure it out, she can’t get back to sleep. Flavia squints at her phone screen. It presents a reminder:

YOUR FOURTH WEEK STARTS TODAY.

Flavia drops her head back on her pillow. Right. Her ordeal here isn’t even halfway over. But at least she can go back to sleep now. Since most of the heavy-lifting with Plexity is already done maybe she can just sleep through all of the next day.

What is that sound? Ah, yes. The fire. It is like an old-fashioned boiler in the next flat, an uneven sputtering of white noise in the far distance. And the ground outside flickers with its firelight. It is still burning quite hot. What a foolish thing that was for Mandy to do.

How hot is the fire getting? Flavia is generally comforted by feedback loop transfer functions and the state-space equations that can describe them. Now she lets them trickle through her mind. But she doesn’t know the starting values of the fuel or what its ignition point is. She will have to guess, which mostly makes the exercise irrelevant. And now she isn’t falling back to sleep at all.

She hears a giggle. Strange. The only other ones in here tonight are Maahjabeen and Pradeep and neither of them are the giggling type. Perhaps Maahjabeen is having a silly childhood dream. That’s what it sounds like. Such a carefree giggle.

Flavia wishes she could feel so carefree. But her life has never been so easy. Not that she’s had to deal with any particular challenges. She comes from a privileged family with historical roots and a tradition of philosophy and science in their ranks. She was mildly bullied for being a nerd in school and mildly assaulted once by a couple boys, who learned to keep their hands to themselves after she knocked one’s teeth out and dislocated the other one’s knee. But apart from a few rattling moments like that, her life has been pretty much her own. She is the paragon of a modern Italian woman, in control of her body and her career and her daily life.

After Prozia Giulia left her a sizable inheritance and an old farm in the Po River Valley, Flavia had become independently… well, not wealthy, but secure. And her work brings in enough revenue that she can almost pretend she is a success. It is when her patents start to make money that she will truly build her empire. Then she will be carefree. Until that day, it is projects for others like this.

No. Not like this. Never again like this. If anyone ever asks her to work onsite again she will laugh in their faces. From now on, she will do all her work from the comfort of her couch or not at all. Flavia has learned her lesson.

Maahjabeen giggles again. Ha. It must be quite a sweet dream!

Ξ

Miriam picks at the wall of the cliff beside her with her smallest tool. She’s getting flakes of dried clay intermixed with a variety of sandstones. The cladding, again. This is what hides the interesting layers from her, even here. When oh when will she finally be able to discover the roots of this island? She needs a bloody sluice to tear the earth off this cliff so she can finally see what she wants!

Suppressing a grimace, she shifts to see what else she can reach. They really haven’t moved since they’ve gotten here. Katrina and Triquet still stand with her in the corner of the village, unwilling to make a peep. It’s quite clear that their team is responsible for the fire and the villagers are extremely upset with them. It is a sign of their civility that they have been so restrained in their response.

Jay eventually returns with the others. His face is streaked with dirt and soot and he is uncharacteristically silent, eyes downcast. Whatever he saw up there has disturbed him greatly. Katrina tries to ask, then cajole answers from him. But he only shakes his head and shoves his hands into his pockets.

“Well, this is ridiculous.” Miriam looks to Triquet and Katrina for support. “We need whatever information you’ve got, Jay. Did you see the fire?”

Jay nods yes, his face even more unhappy.

“It’s not the camp, is it? Please God tell me it isn’t camp.”

“No, no…” This rouses Jay enough to speak. “Everyone’s safe.”

“Then where is the fire?” Triquet snaps fingers under Jay’s nose. “Hey I know you’re upset and you’re not like playing coy here but we need some real answers now. Dude. What’s on fire? Are we in trouble? When will it go out so we can get home?”

Jay groans. “It might be days. We gotta… We gotta, like find some food I guess. It’s one of the tunnels. The vertical one filled with branches and logs. And now it’s burning.”

“Ohh.” Triquet nods. “Yeah, that makes sense. But how did a fire get started…?”

Jay only crosses his arms and shakes his head no. He ain’t no snitch. And even though it was his idea, he’ll definitely have some choice words for Mandy himself, in private.

As the day progresses into afternoon, the wind shifts and billows of smoke come rolling through the tunnel mouth to cover the village. Now Miriam and the others have to move, scurrying with the Lisicans out of the village down the main path, deeper into the valley. The smoke, heavier than air, rolls after them.

The path is two people wide and the bare tree roots and soil soon give way to rounded river stones beneath their feet. Miriam kneels to scoop up a few. Quartz. Ha. This is an old riverbed and there must be a seam of quartz up-canyon. Here’s another pink quartz shot through with pyrite. Nearly everything else is sandstone of various hardness. She stands, pockets the samples, and hurries after the others, smoke chasing her.

Miriam is quite glad to have a properly-fitting mask, but her eyes are still streaming in the dense smoke. Her breath labors through the filter and her chest aches. Her heart is beating too fast.

The trail flattens out into a wide river valley. It follows a narrow stream, with a worn bank where the villagers must get their water. Here, they’re far enough from the rim of cliffs that the wind blows across, pushing the smoke off to the west. The villagers cross deep into the valley to get as far from the smoke as they can, finally standing along the tall bank of a larger creek in a long line.

This flight has revived Jay and he’s back to problem-solving mode. Where will they cross this little river here? It’s deep and flowing fast, the water dark blue and brown, reflected in the nauseous sky. The first flecks of ash are sprinkling its surface.

Jay and his crew look up and down the bank. There is no bridge, no ford, no fallen log. As far as they can tell, there is no way across. The Lisicans stand waiting, anxious but fleeing no farther, their backs to the river.

“Uh, won’t we be better off like, over there?” Jay can’t help but say it aloud to the closest Lisican, a relatively tall man who comes up to his shoulder. Jay points at the far side of the river. Then he corrects himself and points again using the tip of his thumb. But the man won’t even turn around to look.

“Who’s that?” Katrina hasn’t said much these last few hours. Usually in a crisis she likes to chatter or sing a song but here, in masks and smoke, she can’t lift her own spirits, much less those of anyone else. But now she sees a figure on the far bank, a teen girl in a blue feather cape, who stands at a distance and calls out.

“Eeeyyyyy-Yee!” The girl’s voice ends in a piercing crack. “Laak lilḵa Dunaax̱oo?”

The woman who first lectured Katrina at the entrance of the hut now separates herself from the others and takes fifteen or twenty steps away from the river before she turns around. She responds to the girl with a long loud chant that carries across the river, pointing at the fire, then at the tall strangers in their midst.

The girl considers the speech for a long moment, then turns and vanishes. The woman on this bank hurries back to join the others, waving a hand in front of her own face and coughing. The villagers all fall to talking to each other. Still, none of them will turn to look across the river.

“Anyone else,” Triquet drawls, “starting to think we shouldn’t be looking this direction? Some kind of taboo, I guess.”

“Who knows?” Katrina shrugs. “We may be exempt. Who even knows what’s going on here? Christ. It’s nothing but one bloody incomprehensible thing after the other. All I know is we haven’t brought them a single moment of joy since we got here. They must be so sick of us.”

“Maybe we… uh…” Jay looks over the heads of the Lisicans up and down the bank to find a more suitable place to stand, away from the villagers who hate them so much. But stands of reeds and clumps of vegetation block his view each way. “Let me just check downstream here.” Jay breaks formation and steps away from the river, crossing before the last clutch of villagers on their left to investigate what lies beyond a surprisingly-tall stand of catchfly.

A gap in the vegetation on the bank is infilled with tule reeds. No real place for them here. Pushing through the reeds leads to a marsh with sucking mud. And if he goes any further away from the river in search of solid ground he’ll be right back in the smoke.

In defeat, Jay returns to the others, where the air remains clear.

Katrina has used the time he’s been gone to make a plan with Triquet. After the woman addressed the girl on the far bank, she had returned to her place at the riverside, next to the old crone Katrina had been trying to meet in her hut. Of course she’s been evacuated too. Now this might be their only chance to speak with her. But Triquet isn’t convinced.

“Give the old thing a chance to catch her breath first, girlfriend. She ain’t going nowhere.” Triquet still carries the folded display in the internal sleeve of their backpack where a water pouch should go. But they make no move yet to retrieve it.

When Jay returns, he taps them each on the arms and gestures with his chin at the far bank. They look over their shoulders to see the members of another entire village standing outside the edge of the woods there, regarding them.

Their leader is a tall woman with tight gray curls carrying what looks like a spear with a cross-brace. She begins speaking but Jay can’t follow. His mind’s awhirl with what that cross-brace means. A spear like that is only used in big-game hunting, like elk or bison. If your prey has the potential of lunging and goring you then you put a cross-brace on your spear so it won’t plunge further than a certain depth. It keeps you away from antlers and tusks. She wears a hide cape and skirt. Further proof these people hunt big game. There’s large mammals on this island!

Katrina is discreetly recording the woman’s speech. She speaks softly into her phone during a silence. “This is the other like chief, I guess. Like the lady boss. That’s what I’ll call her. Now Lady Boss is pointing at the trees and the cliffs and the river. Listen! She’s saying the same word Morska Vidra used! Tuzhit! Tuzhit! Tuzhit everywhere!”

Triquet narrates what happens next. “Now our own Lady Boss, the crone’s daughter? She’s stepping away from the river to reply. There’s some kind of holy significance perhaps? A significant cultural element of both their villages, this river? That if they get too close they can’t look at it? Good fences make good neighbors?”

“We’ll call our Lady Boss, uh, the Mayor? I think she’s repeating what she told the girl.” They listen to her speech again, and when she indicates the tall strangers in their midst, Jay for one feels compelled to bow in the direction of the new tribe.

That doesn’t go over well. Lady Boss lifts her spear and shouts in a dreadful guttural voice at them, her consonants crashing together and her eyes flashing. They haven’t seen this kind of aggression from anyone in this village. “Whoa. That ain’t good.” Jay averts his eyes like the others.

Lady Boss makes a decision. She directs some of her villagers to go stand on their own bank of the river. Katrina glances back to see that a good twenty of their tribe line it in opposition, their own backs to the river. “Well, this is ridiculous.”

“Norms must be observed,” Miriam tells Katrina, squeezing her hand for patience. “Especially during a crisis. That’s what they’re for.” Miriam takes a long glance herself. Lady Boss and the rest of her village have left, leaving only the score of those on the far bank. “Even if we have no fucking clue what they mean.”

Triquet shares a glum look with Katrina, then Jay. “Anyone else getting hungry?”

“Oh, damn,” Jay groans, “you had to mention it.”

Ξ

“This is my processing site here.” Pradeep leads Amy to a small clearing in the grove, near Maureen Dowerd’s grave. He has excavated a long trench of turf, topsoil, and clay, removing the long narrow samples of earth to lie in rows, where they’ve been marked with small pins adorned with white flags. “The flags mark the boundaries of each medium, gravel, clay, etc. We’ll need Miriam to help us analyze what each of the minerals are. But we get to categorize any life forms we find in each layer.”

Amy crouches beside the samples and studies them, marveling that there can be so much life in such places. “We need to isolate strains, and there might be millions. The soil alone probably contains… who knows?”

Pradeep falls into lecture mode. “Recent papers estimate five thousand bacterial species. But that’s from a soil sample in Bergen, Norway. Lisica might have somewhat more or less, but it’s definitely a very different environment. But here’s the magic of the military-industrial complex. The Dyson readers make short work of the samples. Watch…” And he loads a couple milligrams of loose soil into its tray, which withdraws into the body of the unit. Pradeep’s phone buzzes. He consults it, then shares its display with Amy. A steady stream of eubacterial identifications scroll down the screen. Most cannot be identified by name, which may mean they’re unique and undiscovered.

“Sweet Jesus,” she laughs. “Just identifying the first strain… Instantaneous here but god, just doing that took the entire second semester of my sophomore year. Now it’s happening in the blink of an eye in batches by the thousand. I’m so old.”

Pradeep laughs. “My generation of scientists will be so meta. Or specialists so narrowly-focused they only speak a language like three other people do. Nobody in-between, for sure. So now back to work. The important part here is to keep all the samples straight and annotate the context of each sample with the Plexity keywords. I’ve got it set up like an assembly-line. And I’ve only got a few hours of work here left. So if you start on this end, and take a tiny scoop, no more than a milligram or two, then we can work together toward the bottom…” His stomach growls loudly enough to interrupt him and they both laugh.

“When was the last time you had a proper meal?” Amy frowns at him, knowing she won’t like the answer.

“Yes. Last night. You’re right. I’ll grab a snack when we’re done. I’ve just got another project that—”

“Why don’t you go grab a bowl and spoon out some of the rice on the stove. It’s still warm. There’s curry powder in the little blue bin if you want. But hot food! Now! And plenty of it!”

But Pradeep hesitates. “Yes. Okay. I just want to make sure we’re clear here. Do you get the collection protocol?”

“What do you think I’ve been doing the last two weeks? Just not on this scale. But yes! Go! Eat!”

Satisfied that the work will continue without him, Pradeep smiles his gratitude to Amy and scurries back to camp. Now that his hunger has announced itself it claws at him, interrupting his every train of thought. Biology, even his own, has its demands.

The rice and curry isn’t enough. He finds a packet of powdered eggs and reconstitutes them with a bit of oil and water. There. A foam of yellow protein. That will keep him going. He sits with a bowl near Alonso, Flavia, and Esquibel, who all work on laptops in silence. Alonso peers over his reading glasses with a frown and addresses Pradeep. “How goes the processing facility?”

“Grand. I’ve got Amy working it right now while I grab a bite. The species identification software in those Dyson readers is one of the most powerful things I’ve ever seen. Or perhaps it’s part of the microfluidics process itself. Probably both. Anyway. Now that I know readers like these exist, I don’t think I’ll ever be able to do fieldwork again without them.”

“It’s excellent data. Mm, that smells good. I’m getting hungry.”

“Don’t move, Alonso.” Pradeep stands. “I left an extra serving in the pot. Here. And would you like a glass of wine with that?”

Alonso holds up his hand to forestall Pradeep. “No wine. Not this early. And no more drugs. Not for a good long time, at least. Just food. Thank you so much, Pradeep. You are a prince.”

Pradeep recalls how Alonso looked at him with such ardor while he was rolling on Molly. Pradeep blushes and looks down, hoping Alonso has no memory of the event. That’s how those party drugs work, isn’t it? People black out and need to be told what they did when they lost all control. Pradeep finds the concept unimaginable. His anxiety would never let him do such a thing.

After finishing his own bowl, Pradeep washes it and moves on to his next project. He really should have started this hours ago but it didn’t occur to him until he was knee-deep in the soil samples and nobody else seems to feel such urgency about their lost colleagues.

But still, he should have done this sooner. Pradeep hauls out the case that contains the drone and the headset and joysticks Katrina uses to fly it. He has never worked with such an advanced model. The old DJI mini he used before didn’t even come with a headset, just a flatscreen monitor and grainy resolution.

“Pradeep. What are you up to…?” Pradeep can’t locate the source of the voice. How odd. He takes off the headset and looks around. Who was it who spoke? They sounded so… forlorn.

“Just, uh, working with the drone,” Pradeep calls out in a neutral tone. “Thinking I might get it up and over the cliff. Send a note to the village. I don’t know. Maybe it’s crazy.”

“You can’t take the drone!” It’s Mandy. She leans out of the bug netting that had shadowed her. She looks dreadful, her hair hanging in lank strands, dark circles under her eyes. “I mean, we need it for the weather station. What if you lose it? Then I won’t have anything.” She lets the last word fall, realizing how lame she sounds. What has happened to her? How has she become such a loser? She can hardly show her face in camp anymore.

Pradeep sits back, recognizing the screech in her voice. Mandy is ruled by her emotions at the moment, her spirit nearly broken by the mistakes she’s made. He blinks at her. Consolation is hard for him. Not that he doesn’t feel for Mandy. He just doesn’t know how to put his care into words without triggering his own anxiety. Then what a fine pair they’d be, huddled in two opposite corners of her tent, curled fetal, facing away from each other. No, he has to be more helpful than that somehow. “Uh, it’s okay. There’s a second battery, you know.”

But now Mandy is crying, utterly miserable. Poor girl. Pradeep wonders how he might respond if it was Maahjabeen in tears. He stands and crosses to her platform. Pradeep sits awkwardly on the edge. He pats Mandy’s shoulder.

She sobs more loudly and pushes her face into his shoulder. She just wants to hide. That’s all she wants now.

Pradeep puts an arm around her, worried that he might smell too bad, his clothes, his armpits, his breath. “There, there.”

He looks up, across the camp, to find Esquibel watching them with a crooked smile, entertained by his predicament. Pradeep makes a face at her, in sympathy of Mandy.

Esquibel, to his surprise, smiles warmly and blows him a kiss.

Chapter 24 – On Fire

June 10, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

24 – On Fire

“We couldn’t get anywhere close to the opening above. Jay said it was pretty choked with branches. All dead. Like somebody threw them in from above with the intention of stopping it up.”

“But there’s a platform? At the top?” Mandy’s knife has stopped chopping. She likes so much of what Amy is saying. Finally, a way up the cliffs to the spot of her dreams! This could be her own private access point, where she wouldn’t have to depend any more on Katrina and the drone or the goodwill of the Lisicans. She could build a proper weather station up there. If there’s enough room on the clifftops she could even set up camp…

Amy finishes washing and stacking the prep dishes. “I mean, after breakfast I can show you what I saw… Maybe someone has better binoculars. Maahjabeen’s look pretty beefy. Or we can fly the drone over it.”

“That’s totally what we should do.” But first Mandy needs to finish chopping the rehydrated mushrooms. The pan is already on and the oil is starting to sizzle. “Have I told you yet how much I adore you, Amy, for bringing mirin?”

“Don’t leave home without it!” Amy beams, happy someone appreciates the little things. She opens a tin of water chestnuts and adds their water to a boiling pot.

“Jay!” Mandy calls out. “Tell me!” He emerges from a cell, disheveled, his face still puffy with sleep. He only blinks at her. “The chimney! Filled with branches. Amy said you couldn’t climb it but what do you think: could someone smaller, like me?”

Jay stares at her, clearing his head. He slept so poorly. He’d never realized what a restless sleeper he is. But any time he had the impulse to switch positions or shift his legs he’d freeze up, afraid of waking Flavia. She’d been plastered against him all night, snoring like a sailor. Now his back is stiff and his hip doesn’t work right.

He needs some yoga before anyone hits him with complete sentences like this today. And this feels like a prime candidate for a wake and bake. Finally he collects his thoughts. “No way, dude. It’s totally stuffed. Nothing could get through bigger than one of those foxes I bet. They really did a number on it. I figure it must have been the villagers, bringing in logs and branches from topside and just dropping them in for years on end.”

“But I want to get to the top! The data, bro. Think of the data.”

Jay nods at her, recognizing a fellow scientist’s passion. “Yeah, you’d get heaps. Well. Uh. I don’t know. We could just 420 blaze it and start a fire at the base. Wouldn’t take long, I figure. It’s all old deadwood at this point. Be kinda cool. Anyway, can I steal a cup of hot water? My cottonmouth is gnarly.”

Mandy clears her cutting board, pushing all the ingredients into the pan. Amy drops wide noodles in the pot. Nice. This will be like a Pad Thai. If they only had fresh cilantro.

“Katrina. Darling.” Mandy sees her slim silhouette moving near the door. She wipes her hands on a dishtowel and hurries after her.

Katrina bestows a sweet smile on Mandy. “Morning, love.”

“I have a favor… I mean, what kind of battery life does the drone get? Could it do two trips today?”

“Not on a single charge.”

“Oh. That stinks. I want to check out this new spot. But I don’t want to lose a day of weather data. Hm.”

“But we do have two batteries.”

“Oh! Right.”

“Swap them out and away we go again. Where we going?”

“Amy found a platform on the cliff. Way up high. Sounds perfect for a permanent meteorology base.”

“Like… what kind of platform? Like a big bird nest or…?”

“She saw like actual boards.”

“Ooo. Sexy. Well let me just get cleaned up and then let’s get your station data. Then we can hunt for that platform.”

They meet on the beach a half hour later. Maahjabeen’s binoculars, 18×56 monsters that can cleanly resolve the top of the cliff, have little trouble finding the single pale board sticking out like a broken bone from the cliff face above. There is a brief flicker of white as a bird or animal crosses the lower left corner of Amy’s view, but it is instantly gone. She hands the glasses to Mandy and points, directing her gaze upward.

“Oh my god they’re so heavy. This is crazy. Where am I looking? Oh. There. Yeah, that’s a board. Woohoo! An actual board! See, Katrina? That’s where we’re headed.” She passes the binoculars on. Excitement bubbles in her and she hops up and down.

“Righteous.” Katrina fixes the spot in her mental map of the cliff as she removes the drone from its carrying case. She puts on the headset. “First, the weather station. Then the drone.”

The wind today is heavy and wet from the west. It smells like Kamchatka, mossy and ancient. The drone fights against its gusts. They drop Mandy’s little station to the beach and download its data. But before they return it to its spot above, they use the drone to investigate the platform first. If it’s ready, they can just drop the weather station on it until they can get better access.

To Mandy’s bitter disappointment the platform is unusable. The planks of what used to be a wide deck have been busted up and the few remaining intact boards are tilted at such an angle it would be impossible for the weather station to stand unaided. As is, this platform will provide no benefit over the spot they already have.

“Aw, sorry, Mandy. It was a good idea, though. And thanks again for that yummy breakfast. Probably our best one yet.” Katrina leads Amy back to camp. But Mandy stays where she is. It feels like black steam is rising in her, a mix of despair and fury. This defeat is harder to take than all the rest. Everyone around her is doing groundbreaking world-class science and she’s just marking windspeed and temps like a fucking college freshman.

She stares at the broken platform again. Ugh. And it’s in such an ideal location. That must be why the Air Force put it up there. A forward observation post or radio or weather platform, with like an unobstructed three-hundred degree view. Only a small ridge blocks the north, but that probably protects it from the worst weather too. Perfect.

Crap. Why does she always have to be the unlucky one?

Ξ

Triquet emerges from the sub deep in thought. They grasp a folder in careful hands. Without saying a word to anyone they cross through the bunker and pass outside into the camp. In this moment, Triquet’s mind is entirely blank. They still won’t let the magnitude of what they found impact them yet. They need to share it with Alonso first.

He’s sitting in his camp chair on the big platform, facing the sea. Alonso works on his laptop. Plexity is really up and running now and its founder is very pleased. Thanks to Katrina, the content can be accessed in a number of linear and non-linear ways. And he is gaining a new appreciation for Jay, who is collecting far more samples and specimens than everyone else combined. Amy is right. The boy has a gift.

But now someone needs his attention. “Yes, Triquet?”

“Do you have a moment, Alonso? Actually maybe more than a moment. It might actually be a lot of moments.”

“Yes? What is it?” Alonso scrolls through a column of bivalve findings, wondering how they can be presented in a more Plexity way, with more linking perhaps, between the salinity of the water and the calcium accumulations of the shells… The sharpness of Triquet’s eyes pricks at him again. “Yes, Triquet?”

“I’m sorry, Alonso. I just need your full attention for this. Please let me know when you can give it. I can wait.”

“Mierda.” Alonso sighs deeply to fight off his dark thoughts. Then he puts Plexity once again on a shelf and turns to Triquet.

Triquet’s eyes flicker upon regarding Alonso’s face. Wait. Who is this leonine godlike figure? The man is transformed from when he first got here. The beard is gone, the black and silver curls are now piled back, making his high forehead even higher. His eyes are dark and sharp and clear. “Whoa. Alonso. Look at you. You look great. Oh my god. You know who you look like?”

“Raúl Julia. Yes, it has been said to me…”

“No, that’s not it. Who is it…? I know! You look just like the dad from the Addams Family. Gomez Addams.”

“Yes! That is who I mean! That is Raúl Julia! There is no way that Triquet of all people doesn’t know the great Raúl Julia!”

Triquet drops the act, giggling and swatting Alonso’s arm. “Of course I do. Kiss of the Spider Woman is my favorite movie. I’m just fucking with you. And you do, you look like his cousin. Aw, I miss him. Definitely died too young. But no. Serious stuff now. You’re busy. Okay. I just made a bit of a discovery in the sub. Well, rather, I finally had time to take a closer look at some trash the Air Force left behind, and in the bottom of the bag I found a bunch of torn up black and white photos.”

“Torn up?” Alonso looks soberly at Triquet. “Ai mi. I’m not going to like the sound of this, am I?”

Triquet shrugs. “It doesn’t matter. It’s the truth. And that’s what we’re here to find, right? Whether it’s the interactions between bugs and plants or between people from long ago. It’s all the truth, regardless of what it means.”

“And what does it mean?”

Triquet presses their mouth into a thin line. They wish for a fleeting moment they were in a less garish fit during such a profound moment than the pink satin vest with sequins but it is what it is. They open the folder.

“This definitely took a few hours of puzzle work. And a couple of the pieces might be off…” The photo had been torn into tiny bits, then painstakingly put back together with scotch tape on the back. Its innumerable edges stick up like furred ridges. “But I think it’s pretty indisputable…”

Triquet must have worked intensely on this to rebuild it. Alonso shakes his head in wonder at the amount of work done and peers closely at what is shown him. In the photo, a woman with blonde curls holds a small Lisican child with blond curls on her lap. She smiles at the camera. The child fingers her chin. Alonso blinks. “Is that, uh…?”

“Maureen Dowerd. Yes. It’s got to be. And this is the center of the entire mystery. Right here.”

“And this mystery…?” Alonso pulls back. He doesn’t even want to touch the photo. He still sees this entire subject as a distraction. Why, it’s distracting him from Plexity right now.

But Triquet has another photo to share. This one is dark and blurred, the tears almost making it unidentifiable. Yet two faces can be seen, one dark and one pale. Kissing.

Alonso looks up with a grimace. “This feels so… I don’t know, Triquet, intrusive. Okay. So she had a Lisican lover. So what?”

Triquet spreads their hands across the photos. “She had a Lisican baby, Alonso. These were the final clues that had it all fall into place. It’s all proven now. The blonde curls. The betrayed child who became an old lady. This is the evidence. Photos they tore to pieces. I’m just glad they didn’t burn them. Think about it. It all makes sense now. Maureen Dowerd told them she’d be back some day but she never did because good-bye became known as betrayal after they killed her and buried her in the grove.”

“Wait. I missed something. Who did? Who killed her?”

Triquet falls silent. “Well, that’s what we still don’t know,” they finally manage. “But now we’ve got motive. Who knows? Jealous lover. Racist lieutenant. Maybe it was one of the Lisicans? We just don’t know. But now it’s time.”

“Time? Time for what?” Alonso rubs his forehead in irritation. He doesn’t like the sound of this. It has the sound of something that will even further delay his plans.

“Time to talk to the Lisicans about what they know. I’m going to put together a little presentation for them. Documents and photos. We’ll record the whole thing. See what they say then try to break down the translation later. This is big, Alonso. This is, like, potential criminal liability. There’s any number of scenarios here where the American military conducted some kind of violent mission against an undiscovered, unregistered native population. That’s an actual international crime. And for a very good reason.”

“Slow down. Slow down, Doctor…” Alonso holds up his hands. Ye gods, this crazy archaeologist is going to get his entire project shut down. “This is just conjecture so far. You don’t know any of that. It’s just an interpretation. Look in your hands. All you have is two photos of happy people.”

“I’ve got a body in a grave right over there, Alonso.”

“Absolutely. I’m not disputing that. It’s just…”

“Just what?” Triquet shares a troubled gaze with Alonso. This resistance is not at all what they expected. The old man needs to understand that this is a far more serious issue than he evidently does. Their careers could be at stake.

Alonso registers the fire in Triquet’s eyes and relents. He sighs again. “I guess I’m just thinking it’s so old. Sixty years. All these people are gone. Whatever statute of limitations…”

“She’s still alive, Alonso!” Triquet points at the cliffs, indicating the crone in the village. They wish their voice hadn’t come out so shrill. Being accused of hysterics would help nothing. But Triquet is invested in this story now. They need justice for the memory of Maureen Dowerd and the plight of the long-suffering Lisicans. At least until evidence appears that contradicts this scenario, that is. “And telling an archaeologist that sixty years is too long ago is like telling you that opera sounds like nursery rhymes.”

Alonso lifts a hand. This is outside the scope of… of whatever he is capable of dealing with at the moment. Restless irritation shivers through him. “Fine. That is fine. You know, I have already delegated the investigation of this—this issue to you and Doctor Daine. Please discuss it with her.”

Triquet can’t believe Alonso is so cavalier about this island’s dark past. Does he just not appreciate history? How can a scientist operate like that? Triquet has the archaeologist’s deep conviction that without knowing the past we cannot know ourselves. Does Alonso not want to know himself? Well, after all he’s been through lately, maybe not.

Triquet nods, looking away. “Yes. Well. Fine. We will write a report and present our findings shortly.” Their voice is prim and professional. But Alonso doesn’t take note. He is already back at work on Plexity.

Triquet leaves him and finds Miriam instead. She is in the bunker at a workstation collating contextual data that will allow her mineral surveys to be uploaded into Plexity.

Triquet’s gravity makes her turn and make space on the cooler she sits on. Triquet sits beside her. Miriam’s eyes fall to the folder.

Triquet realizes how much easier this is going to be. Without a word, they take out the first picture of Maureen Dowerd and the child, then the second of the two people kissing.

Miriam looks at them for a long moment. “Blonde curls.”

Triquet sighs. “Exactly. I tried to tell Alonso but he didn’t have time for it. What is wrong with him? He’s still in denial about how important the Lisicans are to this entire project.”

“He is worried about time, that’s all.”

“Why is he worried about anything? Shouldn’t he be happy now? I thought they all dragged him down into the Captain’s quarters for a Molly orgy. What happened with that?”

“They said he cried for five hours and then fell asleep. There is just too much in there for it to all be healed in one session. Katrina said he has a lot more crying to do.”

“I guess it made him crabby.” Triquet sits back. “That’s what I get for proposing something new and difficult the day after a big binge. Well. Here’s my plan: I’m going to return to the village. I need to talk to them about what they know. But I can’t go alone. Will you come with me?”

“Now?”

“No, I need to… Well, I’m putting together a powerpoint for those folks first. So, like, after lunch?”

“A powerpoint? For the Lisicans? Who else are you bringing?”

“Well. Not Flavia. And not Amy, that’s for sure. And I guess not Alonso. Anyone else is welcome to join. Katrina is probably a good choice. Not too many of us…”

“Will I get a chance to do any fieldwork while I’m there?”

“Uh. Yeah, I guess that’s what we’re all doing. I guess so.”

“Splendid. I’ll bring my best samples and see if they can tell me anything about them. Maybe where I might find more.”

Ξ

Pradeep runs his fingers along Maahjabeen’s skin, from the curve of her bare hip down to her knee. Her skin is so indescribably soft. He can’t stop touching it. But his touch doesn’t seem to be making her happy. Now that he is growing used to making love with her and starting to take more chances, she is suddenly twitching away from the contact like a cat.

“What is it?” His voice echoes in the sea cave, in the silence between waves splashing the rocks. They lie on a blanket on a rock shelf near the entrance. The two kayaks are out of the water and all evidence of them is out of sight-lines from any who might enter the sea cave from the inland tunnel. They are hidden. Private. And yet she pulls away. “Should I not…?” Pradeep lets his hand fall.

Her brows pinch in frustration. She grabs his hand. “No. It’s not that. I mean… I just find this all very weird. All this… this gentle focus on my body. It’s just a body. No need for hesitation. And all these questions. I never had a lover like you before. Like, I’ve read in books about boys who don’t manhandle women, but who are generous and sweet in bed, but the best I’d ever gotten was spoiled or sulking. I—I don’t know what to do with all this attention, Pradeep. I’m not so special. You don’t have to touch me like that if you don’t want.”

“Don’t want?” He laughs. “I can hardly keep my hands off you!”

She laughs, but still squirms under his caresses. “I am sorry. It may take a long time for me to un-learn that I am… ehh…”

He stops again. “I don’t want to make you uncomfortable. I only want you to feel as good as I do.”

“Don’t worry. You already made me feel… things I have never felt.” Maahjabeen recalls how sultry that night had made her, how she’d been filled with a secret magical power that allowed her to overcome all her normal barriers to friendship and love and find physical and emotional pleasure in the arms of this stunning man. “I just don’t know… how… or what we are supposed to do with each other on a regular basis when we aren’t currently swept away with passion. Moving forward. It shouldn’t become an obligation.”

“My mother said when I was a baby I loved to cuddle. Honestly, Maahjabeen, just lying here pressed up beside you is as great an intimacy as, uh, anything. I don’t need sex.”

“You… don’t?” Now this is a bit too much for Maahjabeen to believe. Who is this man, seemingly divorced from all the passions that rule his gender? What kind of ascetic bullshit do they teach their boys in India? Now she feels a bit sorry for him.

Maahjabeen rolls even closer against Pradeep and kisses him, his mouth tasting of sandalwood. She slides her legs between his and feels him stir against her inner thigh. That’s what she thought. “Are you sure you don’t have any… expectations?”

“Well… eh…” Pradeep is taken aback by her sudden turn. He is blinking as fast as he ever has. “I’m sorry, I did mean to ask you about protection. Pulling out isn’t something we can depend on…”

“Yes, I am on the birth control pill for my cycles. I would never have allowed you in otherwise. But I did make assumptions about your recent sexual partners… I shouldn’t have. We shouldn’t have. As scientists, we should have discussed it.”

“Absolutely. You’re right. Oh good. I was very worried. Thank you for taking that responsibility. But I also tried to be very careful. And also, the burden of birth control shouldn’t fall unfairly on one of us or the other. I am sorry if—”

Maahjabeen waves a weary hand. “No no, you have been very respectful, Pradeep.”

“Why do you say that as if you’re disappointed?”

“I am not! Does it sound that way?” Maahjabeen tries to hear how her voice sounds in his ears, but she has always been bad at that. “My unhappy experiences in bed. Eh. Like I said, I need to get over them. But I don’t know how to start.”

“I don’t either.”

“What have your lovers been like?” Maahjabeen feels a stab of jealousy run through her heart, which dismays her. Her feelings for Pradeep are getting too deep too fast.

But he only shrugs, shy. “There have been precisely two girls I have kissed, both in college, one month apart. The second girl, who was very nice, had me touch her breasts. That is the extent of my sexual experience.”

“You were a virgin? I’m the one who took your virginity?” Maahjabeen can’t help but laugh at how sad that sounds. He joins her, chuckling into the hollow of her neck. He kisses it. “Mmm. Yes. That is nice. Although your beard is very scratchy.”

Pradeep pulls away. “I am sorry.”

“No. I like it. And stop apologizing. Nothing is less sexy than a man apologizing for everything. Know what you want.”

“Uh. Okay.” Pradeep’s eyes dart. His mind races. He kisses her clavicle, then spreads his hand across her ribs under the swell of her breast. “This is what I want.”

Maahjabeen’s breath catches and her body tenses in shock.

“What? What is it?” Pradeep pulls back. Maahjabeen pushes herself to her knees. “I’m sorry. No. No apologies. Right. But it was the wrong thing. I won’t do that again.”

But Maahjabeen won’t look at him. She only stares at the entrance to the sea cave. He has lost her. Finally she tears her gaze away from it back to him and reassures him by slipping her hand into his and resting her head against his shoulder. But then she jerks her head up and looks at the entrance again, where the light plays on the water, reflecting against the worn chalky roof.

Now Pradeep is stiffly formal. “Perhaps we should go. I have obviously made you very uncomfortable. We don’t want to be—”

But Maahjabeen clutches him, pressing herself hard against his chest. “No, no… It’s just… Ehh. I am so bad at sharing secrets. If I tell you my secret, will you promise you won’t ever tell anyone?”

This isn’t what he expected her to say. “Uhh… Yes. Of course. I promise.” Pradeep can hardly breathe. He has no idea where this is leading. He only knows he can’t get enough of her intoxicating scent. Their heads are tilted down toward each other; they’ve created a world no larger than a handspan apart.

“It’s the orcas, Pradeep. The orcas saved my life.”

This is her secret? Pradeep blinks. “Wow. Oh, wow.”

“When I was lost in the storm. I would have died. I did not have the energy to paddle back. I was done. Then they found me.”

Pradeep nods. Perhaps she doesn’t remember that she told them all about the orcas when she returned. She wouldn’t shut up about them, raving incoherently for hours. “That’s incredible. I love orcas. What did they do?”

“Well…” Maahjabeen laughs, a brief bitter sound. “Many things. They played around me to bring my spirits up. They tried to share the remains of a sea lion with me. They pushed me when I drifted off course. And they—” She shakes her head, unable to tell how Pradeep might respond to her mysticism. The last thing she needs is him losing respect for her as a scientist. But she needs to tell someone. And more importantly, she needs to tell him. She wants Pradeep to know who she really is. She wants to share everything with him.

He is only watching her. There is love in his eyes.

So she tells him. “They talked to me. They really did. They told me their names. They welcomed me to this part of the ocean. Well, their part of it. They told me they were happy to meet me. They told me…” she looks up at Pradeep’s open face, “…that everything was going to be fine.”

This is new. She hadn’t mentioned orcas speaking to her before. “Really? Like using words or…?”

Maahjabeen releases her breath, only now realizing she held it. Pradeep isn’t even looking at her strangely. He actually seems comforted by the news. “I—I can’t really say… I mean, I wasn’t fully conscious any more. It wasn’t like a clear use of English or Arabic or… Maybe it was more like their words were in my head, or I was able to tell what their sounds meant. Maybe I dreamed the whole thing. But they did bring me back. They did save my life. I know that much.”

Pradeep is so relieved that her secret is about the orcas that he falls back onto their blanket and stares at the eroded gray rock above. “That’s amazing. But you know you’re never supposed to tell anyone what your spirit animal is. I guess you’ll have to kill me now.” They giggle. “So like, what were their names?”

“I can’t… I guess they were like orca sounds with clicks and whistles and… one meant something like slipping-through-the-dark-water-hunting-silver-fish.”

“There are lots of stories of interactions with orcas and humans. Really complicated interactions.”

“So you don’t think I’m crazy?”

“I just want to know what made you think of it right now.”

“Oh!” Maahjabeen squeezes Pradeep’s arm. “Right! I didn’t say! That’s because one just swam in and is watching us right now!”

Ξ

“And if you open up this panel…” Triquet lifts a cardboard flap to reveal a collage of photos with lines connecting different people. They pull two other flaps out and now it looks like a science fair project about their family history. Documents adorn the panels, with drawings of the beach and lagoon and photos of the sub.

“Impressive,” Esquibel declares. “But I still don’t understand why you aren’t just bringing your laptop.”

“The medium is the message,” Miriam says. “You know, I met Marshall MacLuhan once at a mixer when I was young. Strange man. Anyway, we don’t want the Lisicans spending their time marveling over the wonders of screens and keyboards when we’re trying to get some proper answers out of them today.”

Triquet nods. “Miriam convinced me to employ my prodigious crafting skills instead in pursuit of harmony between the two peoples. But I thought yarn and gold stars might be a bit much.”

“It would be a distraction again.” Esquibel nods. “Yes, I like this. It is very straightforward and simple. When are you going?” She will show outward support for this mission but when she gets a chance she’ll privately stock up on trauma kits and check that all the medications are fresh. Be prepared for every eventuality. That is all she can do here with her beloved herd of cats.

“Wait, Triquet,” Mandy says. “I want to hear your spiel. I mean, what are you even going to say to them?”

Triquet nods. “So, start with our shared common denominator, right? Maureen Dowerd? Start a conversation about her. But I’m just hoping one of the villagers points at one of the pictures or drawings here and just starts rattling off a whole story. That would be best. I don’t know. Anybody else have any ideas?”

“My idea,” Jay says, “is that this is going to be a blast. I can’t wait to see the village and the whole rest of the island.”

“You are going?” Esquibel says this with more sharpness than intended. But Jay only lifts his leg and silently flexes his ankle.

“Solid, Doc. As a rock. Ain’t nothing holding me back.”

“But… Jay…” Esquibel looks from face to face. She can’t be the only one with reservations about Jay of all people joining their delicate diplomatic mission.

“Don’t step on any trails until they invite you,” Amy says sourly. “And take lots of pictures. So I can see at least some of it.”

“As a matter of fact, let’s just all defer to Triquet.” Katrina says this with a surprising quiet maturity. “This is their… project. Let them tell us who comes and goes and what we do when we get there.” She looks around the small circle, clustered near the kitchen in the back of the bunker. It’s only the seven of them. Triquet, Esquibel, Miriam, Amy, Katrina, Mandy, and Jay.

“Oo neat.” Triquet surveys the group. “I never got to pick the kickball team. I was always just the last one picked. Hmm.”

“I am not going.” Esquibel holds up her hands, palms out. “But I will insist that you must pick at least one other person, preferably two. Preferably someone with some kind of military background. Jay, did you ever serve?”

“Nah, Doc. I’m a pacifist. Got pretty good at Capoiera at one point. If shit goes down I can sweep legs with the best of them.”

Esquibel shakes her head in disapproval. What a clown this man is. He is more trouble than he’s worth.

Triquet points at their choices. “I’ll take Jay and Miriam and Katrina, I guess. Unless you really want to come, Mandy.”

“No, that’s fine. I’d just be useless.” She gives them all a tight smile. “Five’s probably too many, anyway.”

“Well, then.” Triquet looks at their team. “Away we go!”

Ξ

None of them have been in the tunnels since Esquibel tried to seal them. They appear unchanged. The mud is as unavoidable as ever. The final climb is still a challenge. Jay ranges ahead, eager as a spaniel. He climbs the shaft with vigor and doesn’t wait for them at the top. “Daylight!” he cries out as he nears the cleft in the interior cliff that leads to the village. “It really is a—! Oh. Hi.”

Jay finally pulls back, waiting for the others. They all take the precaution to put on masks and nitrile gloves.

“Morska Vidra!” Katrina calls out. “Bontiik.” She approaches him and chucks him under the chin with the knuckle of her forefinger. His face is impassive. She hopes she’s doing it right.

His silver fox sniffs at Jay’s shoes. “Hey, buddy.” Jay crouches down, holding out his gloved fingertips, but the fox dances away, miffed by the sudden movement.

“This guy’s like a security guard at a museum, goddamn.” Triquet laughs. “You just sits here at the entrance all day? Waiting for us to come out? I mean, what kind of life is that?”

“He Is The Gate Keeper.” Miriam says it as portentously as possible. “Got to be a real senior position, that.”

“I suppose you’re right. And maybe it’s only when we’re around, but still… We should bring him one of the camp chairs at least.”

Morska Vidra turns away and walks back to the village, followed by Triquet, Katrina, Miriam, and Jay.

“Wow…” Jay turns slowly in the middle of the village. The huts are both more sophisticated and more rude than he thought they’d be. A lot of giant pieces of redwood bark used as walls and roofs. They probably keep things nice and watertight inside. And redwood bark has strong antibacterial and insecticidal properties. So the walls won’t really rot. These huts could be like twenty or thirty years old.

The earth is all stamped down from the traffic of countless bare feet over time. Mostly a pale orange clay, the brown duff of the local redwood grove is scattered atop it. They’d let a few bay trees and madrones grow tall among their huts, but otherwise the village stands well clear of the dark redwood grove. Jay nods in approval. “Yeah, it’s cold in there, I bet. Under the big trees.”

All these eyes are on him so it’s natural to talk, right? Triquet is still by the tunnel entrance conferring with Morska Vidra and Miriam is already staring at the cliffs with hunger. Katrina crosses the open space between the huts, intent on a destination. Five or six kids and teens are staring at Jay. So he just starts talking.

“Redwoods are too cold to live in. Stay out here in the sun, right? Or… whenever you get sun. If ever. Yeah, but this is a nice spot. Yep. Good wind protection from the ocean for sure. Probably too much shade in the winter, but who knows? Maybe you get winds from the south then?”

One of the teens mutters something and they all giggle. Are they making fun of him? “Yeah, I’m a big goofy-ass white dude, for sure.” Jay takes a deep breath and removes his mask. He makes a face and the kids all go still. He tries another face, as silly and non-threatening as possible. But they only look at him like statues. Do they not know they can make faces? He puts the mask back on and expels his breath. “Come on. Anybody can do this one.” And he squeezes the left side of his face. “Or try touching your nose with the tip of your tongue.” He takes his mask off and goes cross-eyed in the attempt.

But they still only watch him, silent. Where’s the laughter? Kids love his faces. Has he broken some taboo? Probably. It would just be fucking like him, wouldn’t it? Hadn’t Esquibel told him to keep his mouth shut? And all he’s doing is yapping like a dog.

Jay excuses himself with an embarrassed smile and pulls away from the curious kids to follow Katrina. She stands at the entrance to a low-roofed dugout, even older and more dilapidated than the rest. A middle-aged woman stands in front of its door, urging her to do something or other. Katrina listens intently, trying to divine what the woman wants. She offers a hand but the woman ignores it, still talking forcefully with a great number of sing-song words.

“Jay… See if you can get a recording of this…” Katrina keeps nodding and smiling, trying to accommodate the woman. But she doesn’t appear to be anywhere near the end of her speech.

Jay pulls out his phone and starts recording video. The woman looks at the plastic and glass oblong in his hands and falls quiet. Deciding something, she ducks into the dark entrance of the hut.

Katrina shakes her head, mystified. “Dan. She kept saying dan like the Russian word for day. And she didn’t like us being here. The wrong day?” Katrina leans forward, to pitch her voice through the low dark door. “Ne tot den’? Not Russian, though. Ah, what’s the Bosnian word…? There was a Bosnian girl in one of my classes. We taught each other because it was so easy. But she never taught me how to say wrong. Loš dan? This is a bad day?”

“How could they possibly speak Bosnian?” Jay isn’t too solid on his geography but he’s pretty sure that’s completely on the other side of the world. He couldn’t think of a more preposterous link to this island than a tiny Eastern European country like that. “It doesn’t make any sense.”

“Lisica is a Bosnian word. And there have been a few others too. It’s the only way we’ve made any progress.”

“Maybe a coincidence? There’s no shortage of words rushing out of their mouths, for sure. A few of them sound familiar and…?”

“Lisica means fox.”

“Right. Huh. Weird.”

The woman re-emerges. She starts a hectoring sing-song again, “Jas ÿan keéna, pročistili se…” She spreads her small brown hands wide, encompassing the tree tops outside the village and the low cliffs beyond. She addresses the sky, and then points with her thumb to the earth and presses one hand against the side of her face like she has a toothache.

Jay records it all. But he feels like he doesn’t need to know the specific words, it’s pretty clear the lady doesn’t want them there, at least right now. Smiling and nodding, Jay gives her a namaste and starts backing out. Katrina is still trying to engage with choice phrases in Russian, but the woman clearly isn’t interested.

Triquet finally arrives, delaying Jay’s retreat. Morska Vidra accompanies them. “This is the old woman’s hut here. So what’s happening? What’s the conversation about?”

Jay shrugs. “All I know is that we missed the party. They want us to try some other time.”

“Seriously? Another time? But I just have a few questions. Here.” Triquet steps forward, beside Katrina. The archaeologist nods at the woman, dressed down in khaki top and slacks. The woman only allows a hitch in her cadence to acknowledge Triquet’s arrival. “Ta-daa…!” With a flourish they open the panels of the display, revealing photos and documents.

The woman falls silent.

“Katrina.” Katrina introduces herself, spreading her hands against her ribs. But her charm, for once, is getting her nowhere.

The woman peers at the photos, squinting at them in turn. She speaks with Morska Vidra: “Kin yet. Adátxʼi haat yadustaa.”

He grunts, crouching beside her to inspect the photos. With his thumb he points at Maureen Dowerd, then they both unwillingly glance at the door of the hut. Their voices are too low to hear.

Finally Morska Vidra stands. He lifts the display to return it to Triquet and it awkwardly folds in his grasp. He doesn’t understand how the materials work, so he goes still.

Triquet guffaws apologetically and pulls the display from the old man’s hands. Morska Vidra speaks with authority, pointing with his thumb at the clouds. “Tuzhit.” He repeats the word in a variety of contexts, pointing to the trees and the huts.

“I think I understood a bit of that,” Katrina murmurs. “Tuzhit is like someone’s name. And he said something like, come back when the sky is… something. Clear? Dark?”

“Will do. Don’t want to overstay our welcome, y’all.” Jay raises a hand in peace. Why aren’t the others taking the hints? They don’t want to lose these people completely. They can come back some other day. They’ve got plenty of time.

“Hold on. Hold on…” Katrina takes out her phone and starts scrolling quickly through her notes. “I thought we’d have way more time for this. But I put together some phrases from a few linguistic family groups and I want to see how they’ll hit.”

Katrina stops in the center of the village. “This is Samoan. ‘O le a tatou faamamaina i tatou lava.’ What do you think?”

But none of the villagers react at all to her words.

“Okay. Wait. Let’s try… Hold on. This is Chumash. From the California coast. ‘C-al’ a.’” She points at her liver. “Or… pVwV. That’s your knee.” Really sparse list here.”

A few of the kids watch her, frowning. The other Lisicans have resumed their daily chores, many wandering away. But Katrina has too many plans to abandon them all so soon. “Wait! Wait!”

“Katrina…” Jay indicates Morska Vidra waiting patiently by the tunnel entrance—the Gate Keeper ready to shut the gate.

She approaches the old man. “Hold on. One last try here. This translator does Bosnian. ‘Gospodine, mi smo vaši prijatelji i samo vas želimo bolje upoznati.’ What do you think? Anything?” But Morska Vidra just stares at her.

“What a miserable day.” Triquet is crestfallen. “We had such high hopes. I just want to study a few artifacts. Is that so wrong?”

“Yep. Cannot wait to get down into those valleys.” They can’t see them from here but Jay can sense the land rolling away to the north, unbounded at last. At least, as soon as the locals let them check it out. It’s classic surfer dynamics here. You got to respect the locals or you’re doomed. Usually a six pack or a couple joints is the currency. Here, Jay has no idea what to try. “Katrina. What did you say to him?”

“Sir, we are your friends and we just want to know you better.” She shrugs, hands raised. “I tried to keep it as neutral as possible.” Finally she gives up in defeat. Her shoulders slump and her head hangs forward. She smiles weakly at Morska Vidra. “Tuzhit.” She points above the village with her thumb tip, agreeing that they must depart. Then she includes the trees and the top of the cliffs. “Tuzhit. Tuzhit.”

But Morska Vidra isn’t listening to her. He has turned away, peering down the dark tunnel, crouched with expectant tension. After a long moment his fox trots out of the darkness, ears back. It stops, one paw up, and looks over its shoulder. The fox flinches. A distant crash rises from within the tunnels and a billow of dust and smoke reaches them.

Smoke. The tunnel is on fire.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the second volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

23 – The Island

Splash. Katrina is back in the water again. Finally she gets to put her mask and snorkel and fins to use! And the dark water is so refreshing! Maybe a degree or two warmer than the first time she swam in it. But that makes sense. It’s April now. Still bloody cold, though. The shortie wetsuit remains too thin.

Katrina doesn’t know how to do field collections but it doesn’t matter. She’s just a camera platform now. They’ve rigged a GoPro to her mask and whatever she sees gets recorded, to be analyzed and identified later. Jay had been so frustrated to find her mask wouldn’t fit him. Otherwise it would be him down here doing the survey, wouldn’t it? And she’d be deprived of all these wonders.

She’s never seen such a vibrant coral reef. The ones in Australia are nearly all dead. But this one dazzles with color, even in the diffracted gray light of a Lisican morning. Katrina remembers how she was able to warm herself before with deep breaths. She takes several near the surface, bobbing up every few moments to draw it in. Yes, her tingling extremities are starting to function again.

Oh my god, a turtle. A giant honest-to-god sea turtle coasting beneath her feet. Like really giant. She’s had dining room tables that were smaller. And it comes to a rest between two columns of coral, obscured by waving pink nudibranches. It sees her. Its yellow eye tracks her progress. What an amazing sight.

Turtles don’t attack, do they?

Maahjabeen had warned her away from the far side of the lagoon where the densest kelp forest house the otters, who could very well be territorial. She’ll take her chances over here on the reef with moray eels and reef sharks. Not that she’d seen any yet, but she won’t be sticking her hands in any holes.

She makes sure she gets a good view of the turtle before returning to the surface and kicking herself a few meters further along. When she drops back down her breath expels in a sudden gasp. She’s looking down into a bowl ringed by pastel coral and pale seaweed, containing a huge swirling chiaroscuro of neon-bright fish. She can’t believe it. Such a rich sight, unlike any she’s ever had in the water. And they’re every shape and color. Katrina can’t make sense of what she’s seeing. So many species, all floating together. They aren’t even congregating in groups. Just swimming placidly along, nobody eating anyone else. Maybe this is some kind of nursery for all the non-carnivorous fish of the area, where they can grow up in peace. Like some kind of miraculous fish utopia. Skates and rays hover an inch above the sandy floor. Incredible.

She’ll have to tell them not to fish here. It would be a tragedy.

Katrina swims over the far edge of the bowl to deeper waters in the lagoon. She lifts her head to see how far she is from the mouth of it. She’d hate to get sucked out into the surf and die. Yeah. That would not be her favorite thing. But she’s hardly progressed at all. The lagoon is huge, now that she’s swimming in it. She could spend every day of the remaining five weeks exploring it and it would barely be enough time. Well, put that on the list of things she will do every morning, right after retrieving Mandy’s weather station with the drone.

Mandy… Eek. Her romantic attention is really flattering. Katrina has always had a thing for island girls. But there’s something a bit too intense about Mandy’s energy for her, like she’s already scripted out a bunch of scenes and now is having trouble changing them to fit reality. Their flirting isn’t serious. It can’t be. Nothing like a dalliance, right? Hopefully she’ll be able to convince Mandy of that ephemeral truth. If not, well… She can always ghost her. Katrina has probably had to withdraw from more ardent admirers in her life than have them transform into solid friendships. People get so intense, and some boys and girls really get crazy about her raver fairy style. She just loves beauty. But she’s learned you have to cup it lightly like a fledgling in your hand. Otherwise you crush it and it never flies. That’s what so many people don’t get.

She leaves the coral behind and follows a broad floor of sand only sparsely covered with seaweed. She inspects their floating tendrils closely, making sure the camera can see the parasites and brown spots on the broad leaves. That’s for Pradeep. The secret lover boy. Hooray for Maahjabeen healing his fractured soul. Good lord but that would be a sandwich she could happily get between. Those two are so ridiculously beautiful. Sex with gods.

That has been Katrina’s refrain for a long time now. In her rave scene there’s been a long discussion about what could be the best possible drug experience. Like reverse-engineering the whole thing. For millennia we’ve just been consuming what nature gives us, and preparing close analogues. But what if we could start from the other direction? Determine which effect we want and then work toward it with different compounds and tests?

Her friend Karl had always maintained that no drug trip could beat the ability to stop time, or move forward and backward in it like a video editor. He said that must be the ultimate pinnacle of human experience, to see it all. But he was such a techno nerd. His brain was entirely clockwork. Like his friend Hong who said the ultimate drug would be perfect VR, a Star Trek holodeck without limitations. Morgan said it would be alcohol without a hangover and Sadie said it would be talking to ancestor ghosts.

But to Katrina, nothing has ever beaten the prospect of sex with gods. I mean, come on. And not like Zeus raping a swan. No no no. The good stuff. Where the gods love you and take care of you and know just how to please you.

Katrina rises to the surface and blows out her snorkel. She rolls onto her back and looks at the sky, taking the mouthpiece out. Aloud, she declares, “Tell me of anything better than that. And those two are just about as close as we can get to gods.”

“Who are?”

Katrina screams and convulses in the water, her hands flying up to protect her head. She twists around to find Amy beside her in the yellow kayak, having silently glided up to her while she swam.

“Oh my god you gave me a heart attack.”

“Sorry, Katrina! Maahjabeen asked me to come out and keep an eye on you. I thought you’d seen me. And were talking to me. What did you mean? Who are gods?”

“Uhh…” Katrina’s mind races. Her first impulse is to tell her about the secret, share the love! But no. Both Maahjabeen and Pradeep are so private. And Amy is Pradeep’s boss. This isn’t just a friendship thing. So in that case it isn’t hers to tell. Maybe she should lie and say she saw two turtles. Two turtle gods. But lying like that is not her way. Instead, with an open smile, she says, “Bit of a secret, love. But I’ll let you know when I can.”

“Got a crush, do you?” Amy’s voice is mild. “A double crush?”

Katrina laughs, partially in relief at Amy’s bad aim and partially because she hit the target anyway. “More than a couple. I mean, look at—well, like, look at you! I’ve got the hugest crush on you, Doctor Kubota. You’re just so damn cute.”

Amy playfully splashes Katrina with her paddle. “That’s very sweet. But you’re changing the subject. No, I won’t pry. You kids deserve all the secrets you can get. And all the love.”

“We all do!” Katrina spits a stream of water into the air, watching gulls swooping above, white against the gray cloud roof. “Seriously, girlfriend. You’re welcome in my tent any night.”

“Thanks, darling. I’ll save it for a cold one. No, I know what you mean, Katrina. Like when Miriam stole my boyfriend away. I had every reason in the world to be hurt. But I couldn’t. They were two gods and it was such a magical moment, and they never rejected me in the least. I was included in the whole romance. It just had a purity and intensity that took our breaths away. And we all knew it. None of us will ever see anything like that again.”

“Aww. I love love.” Katrina blows Amy a kiss.

Amy attempts to mimic Miriam’s Irish brogue. “I love love too, love. And I’m really glad you’re here.” Amy blows a kiss back to Katrina just as she’s slipping beneath the water, swimming down to the sand floor below. Amy admires her long dirty-blonde hair streaming behind her like a banner. The wind has calmed and the water is clear now. How glorious it is down there. Amy will have to see if the mask fits her. She’d love to snorkel too.

And then a shadow swoops forward from the east, torpedoing toward Katrina. It bumps her with its nose before she even sees it and she explodes in bubbles, losing her air in shock. She claws for the surface as the brown and black mottled body spins past her.

When Katrina surfaces, she’s screaming and gasping.

But Amy is beside herself with glee. “Seal! Northern fur seal I think! Callorhinus! Unbelievable! This must be the furthest south any have been seen in generations!”

“Oh my god, what’s it doing?” Katrina swims frantically toward Amy. The seal has doubled back and bumps against her legs.

“Eh, I don’t know. Hopefully just playing.”

“Playing? Oh my god. It’s huge. You got to help—”

“Oh, yeah, you should definitely get out of the water. Here. Just grab the paddle. We can get you up on the hull.”

“Playing? Seriously?” Katrina doesn’t want to upset the kayak’s balance and roll Amy out so she just clutches the side of the boat. “They don’t let the dogs on Curl Curl Beach play with the sea lions because sometimes they drag them under and drown them, thinking the dogs can hold their breaths as long as sea lions can.”

“Yeah, don’t let him do that.”

“Him? You can tell it’s a him?” Katrina grips the hull of the kayak, her hair plastered sideways over the lifted mask and across her face. To Amy, she looks twelve.

“Well the males are so much bigger. And this one’s pretty big. No, I just think he fancies you, Katrina. Let’s get you back to the beach here…” Amy has to sit leaning away from Katrina to stay upright and she needs to dig to maneuver the boat back to the beach. It’s all she can do not to paddle in a circle.

“Please don’t bite. Please don’t bite. Aaah! He’s nudging me again! Hurry, Amy!”

“Hold your legs up along the hull.” Amy pushes her pace and gets the kayak gliding a bit. Within moments they’re on the grade of soft sand leading to the surf. Katrina stumbles when she finds her footing and charges as well as she can to the beach.

Once she gets to safety she expels a high-pitched “Wow!” to release the remaining panic and turns to haul the nose of the kayak out of the water. Amy pulls herself out and joins her at the verge. Looking across the water, Katrina spots the round head of the seal. “There he is. Hey, mate. Said it before and I’ll say it again. Gotta buy a girl a drink first.”

The seal just blinks at them, his black eyes shining. After a long moment he ducks down and vanishes.

Katrina removes her mask and scans the beach. “I’d like to see just what kind of romantic standards a Northern fur seal has. Hey, Jay! I think it’s your turn next.”

Ξ

There are always so many new projects on the island but Amy won’t forget her beloved birds ever again. The more she studies them, the more there is to study. She has counted twenty-three species as of this morning, six that haven’t been seen at this latitude for a hundred years or more and two species that may be new to science. It’s those two who get most of her attention.

Amy scans the cliffs with her binoculars, searching for the particular silhouettes and tailfeather colors that she first saw three days before. “But how, you may ask, can any pelagic migratory birds remain undiscovered in this day and age?” When she had first seen the long trailing feathers of the tropicbird she had assumed they were red-tailed, as were almost all those in the region. But these are different. Golden yellow tail streamers, unmistakable in direct sunlight yesterday, sent her scurrying for a field guide. To her immense satisfaction, no record of golden-tailed tropicbirds existed. These might be the only ones in the whole world. Phaeton Lisica. Her very own discovery. Tropicbirds look like terns, with the same gleaming white plumage, but these possess marvelous golden tail streamers twice as long as their bodies.

The other new species is something she’s only caught a glimpse of at a distance. It is dusky brown, the size of a robin, with white spots across its back and wings. And they’re fairly numerous. They flit like flakes of dirt among the pristine white and black birds. She focuses on one now, unable to make sense of its behavior among all the other species congregated on the cliffs until she realizes it’s stealing eggs from other nests. The gulls and petrels and murres all take turns chasing it off. That’s how she’ll spot one, by focusing on the squawking of the nesting birds.

It happens again. This is spring and the nesting season is in full swing. Many eggs to steal! A jaeger far above screeches and jabs at its own nest. The dun-colored invader falls away, spinning on a pinned wing. No, it’s holding an egg. Now the egg falls, tumbling down the side of the black cliff, where it lands with a messy detonation of yolk and shell against the rocks below.

She follows the egg-thief as it spins lazily downward, away from the outrage of the jaeger above. There is something off about the bird’s shape. If Amy could only resolve her focus better as it drops. But she can’t get a good look at it until it lands beside the mess of the egg and begins feeding on the bright orange remains.

It has a tiny owl’s head.

At first it looks so preposterous she can’t quite believe it’s real. This is like one of those Frankenstein pranks where a taxidermist has put the wrong head on a random body. There is no way this creature exists. Then she remembers the California pygmy variant of the Northern Spotted Owl, the birds whose imminent extinction stopped logging in redwood forests a generation ago. Their rarity is the stuff of legends.

And on Lisica they are common enough to be a pest. Ha.

Bemused, Amy watches the owl peck away at the egg’s remnants. Then her glasses travel back up the face of the cliff to see how the jaeger is dealing with the loss of the egg. But she overshoots the nest and gets lost near the top of the cliff. The outline of a straight board catches her attention and she takes the glasses from her eyes. Squinting at the spot, she can’t see the timber at this distance. Only by looking again through the binoculars… Yes. There it is, with perhaps a couple other boards there as well. What is that up there? Some kind of derelict viewing platform?

Amy suddenly recalls her time spent in the tunnels searching for Flavia. There had been that one dead-end passage that led to a limb-choked chimney climbing straight to the top. She’d thought daylight might be shining through from way up above…

“Hey, Jay…?” Amy hadn’t even realized she’d left her viewing spot on the beach to re-enter the camp. She’s in a daze, her mind tracing the chimney’s route up the cliff face.

“Yeah, boss?” Jay appears before her, studying her. “You okay? Look like you been smoking some of my stash.”

“No. Fine.” Amy shakes her head to clear it. “Okay. Uh. Guess what? Got a super dangerous adventure for you.”

“Right on!”

“It’s in the tunnels.”

“Even better!”

Ξ

Pradeep hurries into camp, eyes alight, holding a clump of dirt in both hands. It is shot through with white fungus. He holds it like it’s a priceless artifact, eager to share what he’s learned.

Everyone is busy with their own projects. But he isn’t looking to share his news with just anybody. It’s Alonso who will understand. Now where is he?

The big platform has been rebuilt and once again holds the Love Palace. But it is empty. No Alonso. And he isn’t at the tables. That means he must be in the bunker. Pradeep wishes he had a better hold on this clump of dirt. One bump and it will disintegrate in his hands. “Door!” he calls out to Amy as he approaches, and after a quick glance she opens it for him. “Alonso in here?”

She is busy with a washbin. “Don’t know where he is, actually…”

Pradeep looks into each of the cells. They are all empty. The clean room is also empty. Only Flavia works at the long tables on her laptop. Where is everyone? “Flavia, have you seen Alonso?”

She doesn’t look up from her screen. “The sub.”

That stops Pradeep. He has avoided the sub for a good long time now and he doesn’t relish the idea of confronting his anxiety again. “Really?” He balks, wondering if he can store this handful of soil somewhere and wait for Alonso to come back up. But his burning desire to share what he’s learned overrides his hesitancy. “Gah. Fuck this. Fine. Okay. Fine.”

Flavia finally registers this uncharacteristic outburst and turns to regard Pradeep. But he is already gone, marching with purpose toward the trap door and the steps leading down.

She shakes her head in disapproval. They won’t catch her going down there any more. Not as long as Wetchie-ghuy lives.

Pradeep ducks through the hatch connecting the first two rooms of the sub. It’s… different. Triquet has really turned this into a pristine museum, with black and white photos of the base adorning the walls, a few even in frames with glass. A brass lamp stands in a corner and a tattered multi-colored rug hangs from the concave wall. So much warmer and more inviting than it had been. He relaxes a bit. This no longer looks like an opening level from Half Life 2. And there are no monsters here. Just mischievous locals.

“Hello?” His voice still echoes in an eerie way he dislikes. But he can hear murmured voices further in. He ducks through another hatch and finds himself in the claustrophobically narrow passage. The first room is empty but the Captain’s quarters are quite crowded. Pradeep stands in the door and regards them.

Esquibel is in the chair nearest the door. Alonso sits up in the bed. Katrina is perched at its side and Mandy kneels at Alonso’s feet, holding his ankles.

Pradeep has no idea what to make of this scene.

Esquibel holds up a hand to forestall any objections Pradeep may have. “Triquet told us we could.”

Pradeep only nods. Katrina flashes him a brilliant smile. Mandy focuses on Alonso’s feet. But Alonso is happy to see him.

“There…! See, ladies? We cannot move along with all this quite yet. Pradeep has something to share, doesn’t he?”

“Not now, Pradeep.” Esquibel wards him away. “We’re trying to allow Alonso some space to achieve a different…”

“No. This is important. I can tell.” Alonso beckons Pradeep in. “You want to show us something.”

“Just this mychorrizae…” Now he is shy, feeling very much like he’s intruding on a deep intimacy. Pradeep holds it up, soil leaking from his fingers. “But I don’t want to—”

“No, I am very happy you are here.”

Now Esquibel admonishes him. “Alonso, if this is going to work, you need to sit back and not fight what is about to happen.”

“Just let yourself, you know, like stop working for once.” Mandy takes another deep breath.

“Ah. See. That is where you mistake me. About my relationship to work. I am a very lucky man. My work has always been my passion and I cannot divorce the two. Nothing makes me happier to see a young researcher eager to share their discovery. What is it, young researcher? A new type?”

“No. A change. In signaling compounds. Just in the last forty-eight hours. I’ve got proof! They’re talking to each other, Alonso. The trees and the roots and the soil. They’re really talking.” He thrusts his handful of soil under Alonso’s nose. “Roots fixed this photosynthate, right? So the way it works is the mycelium forages nutrients and water from the soil and exchanges them with trees and plants. Now it’s already been established in the literature that these interspecies networks resemble scale-free neural networks with functions akin to memory, recall, cooperative problem-solving, and…”

“Wait.” Esquibel has her hand up again. “Are you telling me that you think the trees are talking to each other?”

Pradeep nods. “Not just me. This theory is pretty well-accepted in the forestry sciences these days. The only real debate is to what extent there may be any meta-cognitive function and how much we should anthropomorphize them. These fungus filaments aren’t really neurons or memory circuits, in certain situations they just act somewhat like them. See, after the last storm, there was a major shift of groundwater resources on the eastern side of the grove. And the mycelium networks from one edge, where there was no water, increased their signaling chemicals and the mycorrhizae at the other edge somehow knew where to find the water, and grew toward it, without knowing themselves where that resource would be! They must have communicated! And I just witnessed it happening here in realtime!”

“Meaning…?” Alonso gropes for the essence of Pradeep’s excitement. He has lost track somewhere along the way…

“Meaning…” Katrina cocks her head to the side, “we can hack the signal network and start singing to the trees?”

This idea strikes Pradeep dumb. He hadn’t even considered interfering in the process. But the notion makes Alonso giggle. He sees himself as a conductor before an entire grove of trees, arms high, inspired by their chorus. He giggles again. What a crazy idea. “A forest of chorus. A chorus forest. Who thought of this…?”

The others look at Alonso with patient indulgence. But Pradeep is a bit crestfallen. He thought this would really galvanize Alonso and prompt him to share even deeper insights into Plexity. Instead he finds him… doing what, exactly? “Uh, I thought of this. But like I said, it’s well-supported in the literature. I’m just the first, I think, to observe it in this type of North American arboreal—”

“No, Pradeep, what you don’t understand,” Esquibel says more gently than she usually does, “is that Alonso has already begun his MDMA-assisted therapy. He took two pills…” She checks her phone. “Fourteen minutes ago. And I think he is starting to feel effects. Are you, Alonso?”

But Alonso can hardly hear her over the unbridled joy suddenly radiating from him. He feels like a child again. Hunching his shoulders, he squeezes his face into a grimace of joy. “Yaaaay!”

Katrina chuckles drily. “I think he feels something, yeh.”

“His feet are finally relaxing, that’s for sure.” Mandy shakes them a trifle, trying to get him to release them further.

Pradeep stands in the middle of the room with his handfuls of dirt, quite sure he’s messed up yet again. His anxiety plucks at his face, narrowing his eyes. He has to retreat. Now. All the way back to the surface. Before he does anything else he’ll regret.

But Esquibel delays him with a soft touch on his wrist. “It’s fine, Pradeep. Everything is fine. It appears Alonso won’t even recall seeing you. I told you, Katrina. Two is too many.”

“He definitely gets the double tap. Lad weighs a hundred kilos. One wouldn’t have done anything. And then he’d tell us it just doesn’t work for him and he wouldn’t ever try it again.”

“Wait.” Alonso sits up. “I took the drugs, didn’t I?”

Katrina nods. “That you did, boss. You’re safe now. Nothing can harm you. That’s what Molly’s got to tell you. You can relax.”

“Really?” At first he doesn’t believe it, but then it is as if a facade on the front of Alonso begins to crumble and fall away. He lifts trembling fingers to his face. Making contact with his own skin instantly changes his emotional state. “Oh, I am so glad I shaved. It feels so much better. Oh. Katrina.”

“Yes, Alonso?”

“You are so beautiful. Would you believe me if I told you I used to be very handsome?”

The room fills with laughter. For a moment Alonso thinks they are laughing at how preposterous that is. He swells himself up to defend the statement but Katrina catches his hand up in hers and kisses it. “Oh, Doctor Alonso. I have no trouble seeing that at all. I mean, you are still so handsome…”

But she obviously doesn’t understand. “No. No no. Not if you think this—this ruin I am now is handsome. It makes me seriously question your standards and taste. Ask Miriam. Ask Amy. She knew me first. Ask them how I used to look. Walking into a room, it would alter… everything. I miss that. Having that power. Such an easy power and I took it for granted.” He looks at Katrina. “You know, Katrina. You know what it is like to have that power. How people look at you with that extra bit of attention? Because you are so beautiful.”

“Aw, shucks…” Katrina just plays along, navigating these ardent emotional streams with ease. But Alonso isn’t done.

“And you, Esquibel. You are so proud and… regal. You know what it is like to—And Mandy… And Pradeep. Ha. We are all a bunch of good-looking motherfuckers in here, aren’t we?”

This makes them all laugh again. Even Pradeep loses his fears about Alonso’s condition. He was preparing to get embarrassed on Alonso’s behalf but the older man is so open and sincere Pradeep can’t bring himself to do it.

“It is a spell we can cast. But after our youth is spent we lose it. We are no longer shiny. We are broken.” But there is no pain in Alonso’s words. It is only an observation.

“How do your feet feel, Alonso?” Mandy ventures to hold them a trifle more firmly.

A single tear rolls down Alonso’s cheek but he doesn’t register it. “They are in agony, thank you.” His brow is otherwise clear. “Oh, I love drugs. Where is Miriam? I need her to kiss me.”

“Remember how we decided she might be more of a distraction? How she thought it would be better for you to find this on your own? Remember?”

But Alonso doesn’t remember. He is caught in the present moment with no memory, no context. “Remember what?” Now the MDMA hits him hard, like a heavy velvet carpet unrolling along his body, weighing him down. A sexual thrill shoots through his loins and he squeezes Katrina’s hand, finding this bare skin contact as intimate as any he’s ever had.

“Isn’t this when you start guiding?” Esquibel still has reservations about this therapy and considers it just a step above witchcraft in the best settings. Trying one of these sessions in a buried sub with an untrained Katrina can’t be the best settings. Oh, well. Esquibel is pretty sure this will be a failure and after a bit she can give up and go back to useful projects for the day.

“Soon,” Katrina says. “This is about a three hour pace we’re on here. No hurry. We want him to wash out everything he might be holding at this level before we can settle and drop down another level. It’s like flushing impurities from a pipe.”

“I love opera.” Alonso informs them of this as if he never has. He begins a rolling baritone introduction to one of his favorite solos, but then interrupts himself. “Ha! Things are getting sweaty in here. I need to… Someone help…” Alonso tears at the snaps on his shirt.

Katrina gently helps him get his shirt off.

Alonso sighs, bitter. “See? Women’s eyes used to light up when they saw this.” He flexes his pecs. “But now… I am just a sad old man. They said I looked like a young Raúl Julia. But ehh… You don’t even know who that is. Yes, I am old.” But as he speaks the bitterness fades and he merely utters them as statements of fact. “Pradeep. You are gorgeous. If I was single, you would probably be the one I chased the most. I love that you love dirt and fungus. You are a crazy freak like me.”

Pradeep smiles his widest and most glassy smile. He is very far from his comfort zone now. Esquibel gives him a dimpled smile. He looks away to Mandy. She is chuckling at him. “Well…” he ventures, “this is excruciating.”

Now they all laugh at Pradeep. He suppresses another urge to flee. He doesn’t want to cause a scene. They do want him here…

“Come. Sit. Tell me more about your fungus in that lovely voice. It is so soothing.”

“Is that what we should be discussing here?” Esquibel didn’t like hearing this might last three hours. This hard wooden chair isn’t nearly comfortable enough for that span.

Katrina smiles. “We should discuss whatever we want to discuss, right, Alonso? Just let the conversation go where it wants to—”

“Yes.” Alonso sits up and draws his legs under him, Mandy withdrawing her hands and sitting back. But he doesn’t even see her. “And I am very interested in you, Pradeep. Your mind. The way it works. The way you see the interconnections. The web of life.” Alonso reaches out and grabs Pradeep’s hand, inadvertently knocking most of the dirt onto the bed. But he doesn’t register that either. He is only looking deeply into Pradeep’s liquid black eyes…

Pradeep is fixated by this gaze. Alonso’s eyes hold such power, such wisdom and tragedy. And also an unapologetic attraction that Pradeep finds strangely comforting. He has never been too hung up on gender roles—he always thought that side of Indian culture was very retrograde—but the romantic regard of another man is new territory to him. Coming from a hero of his makes him feel wanted, as though he belongs. Perhaps this has been the key to his anxiety all along. His conviction that wherever he is, he really isn’t wanted there. Well he is wanted here. He does all he can not to tear his gaze away.

“What a man.” Alonso shakes his head in admiration and breaks his magnetic gaze. “Well. You were going to tell me more about your soil but—oh, no! You spilled it!”

Ξ

Flavia can’t ignore her bladder any longer. It had gotten so bad she had to stop working around 10pm and she’s just been playing solitaire on her laptop for the last ninety minutes. Everyone else is asleep. Yet she can’t abide the thought of going outside in the dark alone. She was hoping her body would just kind of shut down and let her be til morning. It was the after-dinner espresso, she is sure of it, a strong diuretic purging her body of moisture.

Ahhh! She can’t handle it any more. With shallow breaths she closes the laptop’s lid, slips on her camp shoes, and casts about quickly for some kind of weapon. She sees nothing. Well. Maybe there is a stick or something out there.

It is at the forefront of Flavia’s mind as she crosses the bunker to the door that the last time somebody went out alone, as far as she knows, it was Katrina and she was hijacked by those kids for hours.

Wouldn’t Esquibel tell Flavia that she needs to bring someone with her? Well, if it was Esquibel’s idea then Flavia will wake her up. Make her walk the walk, literally. But where is she?

Flavia shines the pale wash of her phone’s screen into each cell. There’s Esquibel, wrapped cozily up with Mandy, both gently snoring and at peace. She realizes this won’t work. It will take Esquibel too long to wake up. Flavia needs to go now.

With a vicious curse under her breath, she spins back to the door. Wetchie-ghuy, I will kick you to death if you are out there. Flavia isn’t religious but still intuitively superstitious. The cold night air, the quiet, and the ground fog are omens. She hurries across the camp.

Halfway to the trenches she sees that a light is on in Jay’s cocoon of a hammock and it gently swings back and forth. Flavia calls out, “Jay. Are you awake?”

The hammock, enclosed by bug netting and covered partially by a diamond-shaped blue tarp, changes shape. Jay sits up. “Flavia? What’s up? What are you doing out here in the wee—?”

“Please, will you come with me to the trenches? I am very scared. I can’t be alone but I can’t wait any more. Per favore.”

“Yeah. Sure. Of course.” Jay unzips his cocoon and hops out barefoot and wearing black boxer briefs and a tank top.

Flavia pauses only for a moment before realizing he isn’t making any other preparations. He just stands there expectant, ready to follow. Such a little boy. He doesn’t even think about shoes…

She wastes no more time getting to the trenches. Jay stands at a respectful distance, turned away, softly singing Bob Marley: “Don’t worry, ‘bout a thing. Cause every little thing’s gonna be alright.”

When Flavia is done she re-joins him, far better composed. She puts a hand on his arm. “Thank you so much. Now we can go back and you can go to sleep.”

“Well now I need a turn first.” And before Flavia can make any protest, Jay steps into the darkness obscuring the trenches. She can hear him, but she suddenly feels very alone. Unwillingly she glances around her. And that’s when she sees the woman watching her. It is Wetchie-ghuy’s woman, the one who showed her how to wear the loop around her wrist. Flavia gasps, stumbling back. Is that another figure behind her in shadow?

A hand spreads across her back and she shrieks. But it is Jay. “Whoa. Careful. Don’t fall into the… Hey, who’s that?”

The woman and the shadow behind her, limned by starlight, haven’t moved.

“Lisicans! Right on! Hey, I hear you like music!” He ambles toward them with a kind of demonstrative bow-legged easy-going manner. “Three little birds,” he sings, “pitch by my doorstep…!”

“Jay. Jay, don’t.” But he is out of reach and she won’t take another step toward them. “Jay!”

He turns, a wide smile on his face. Why Flavia gotta be so harsh? What will the Lisicans think?

Flavia urgently beckons Jay to return. “That is Wetchie-ghuy and his wife. The man who tried to steal me. Come back here.”

“Uhh. Serious?” Jay peers more closely at the shadowed couple. “Huh. They don’t look dangerous.”

This isn’t what she needs to hear. Flavia fills with a black rage. Now she really wants a weapon. Something, anything to brain these people with. And maybe knock some sense into Jay’s head. She points at the cliffs and barks at the Lisicans. “Go. Go away. Bad. Nák. Wetchie-ghuy chán.”

But the figures remain impassive, just watching her.

Jay turns back to her. “Hey, I got an idea.” Impulsively, he grabs Flavia and kisses her, long and passionate. Her eyes go wide. Jay releases her and turns back to the figures in the gloom. “She’s mine. You hear? You can’t have her, dude. We’ve been married for like, uh, two years.” He holds her hands and faces her like they’re being betrothed right now.

Flavia regains her bearings after this unexpected gesture. A part of her wants to think Jay is taking advantage of her during this crisis but what she has seen of him so far, he isn’t like most men. It’s clear to see he really didn’t kiss her for his own pleasure. The earnest expression on his face almost convinces her they’ve actually had a long intimate relationship. She smiles widely and squeezes his hands, then kisses him back, needing to go on tiptoes to reach him. Despite the sham nature of it, it still feels nice. Flavia can’t remember the last time she kissed someone like he was her boyfriend. She places a hand alongside his cheek and leans in, demonstrating her ardor. Jay gives her a soft smile, for once appearing older than his age. Ai me. When he settles down he is actually quite nice to look at, isn’t he?

After a long moment, the tender spell breaks and she looks away. The two Lisicans have vanished. They are alone here in the dark. She leans into Jay, shivering, the chill starting to penetrate her bones. “Take me back to bed, darling,” she says loudly.

“Sure thing, princess.” Then Jay giggles, realizing he just called Flavia of all people a princess. He restrains the impulse to pat her bottom, like he used to do with his college girlfriend Carine. She used to like it. He wasn’t sure if Flavia would. Actually, he’s pretty damn sure she wouldn’t. They pass by the spot the two Lisicans had stood. Definitely empty. “Man. If you weren’t with me, Flavia, I’d think that was some kind of hallucination.”

“And if you weren’t with me, Jay, I don’t know if I’d still be here.” She shivers again, dragging his left arm over her shoulders. The big ox is warm, that’s for sure. And she likes his chances if it comes to a fight. Also, he is a good cook. She looks up at his face. This is a quality individual here. He just put himself in danger for her, without a single thought of himself. Flavia hadn’t thought much of Jay until this moment. In fact, they probably hadn’t spoken more than a handful of words to each other over the last three weeks. But now she can tell she had dismissed him unfairly.

They pass by his hammock. “Guess I’ll walk you to your door. Hell of a date, Flavia. Maybe next time I take you out bowling?”

She giggles, clutching at him again. Now Flavia is warming up and the fear that spiked her insides is melting like an icicle. “The crazy thing about you, Jay, is nobody here is such an American. But in a good way.”

“Ehh… I think of myself more of a Californian, actually. We have less to be ashamed of. I mean, yeah we exterminated all our natives too and set up a capitalist techno-state along the coast. But we still got that surfer vibe, bra. Awesome food. Killer weed.”

The more he talks, the less she likes him. They stand at the door of the bunker and Flavia hushes him with a finger against his lips. They peer into the darkness, still holding hands.

“They might need to see,” he reasons, “a good night kiss.”

But Flavia shakes her head no. “This is stupid. Wives and their husbands don’t say good night to each other at doors like this. They go inside together.” Flavia thinks this through. Lisicans have been in the bunker. Wetchie-ghuy and his wife could also get in. They could find her alone in her cell, sleeping in that cot. She clutches at Jay. “Would it be too much to ask, Jay…?”

But he has come to a different conclusion. The camp is clear. He can say good night to Flavia and get back to the fantasy novel he was reading on his phone. Druss, Captain of the Ax, was just about to do something epic. “Ask what?”

“For you to spend the night with me?”

Jay looks at Flavia with surprise. “For real? Me? In your bed?”

“In my bed. So I can feel safe. And sleep. So if they come in, they can see that I am still with my husband.”

“Yeah. Sure.” Jay shakes his head and grimaces though. “But I gotta confess, as a feminist, I’m not really into this, though.”

His preposterous statement catches Flavia opening the door and she can’t help but laugh, too loud in the quiet bunker. “Wait wait wait. A… feminist? You?” she whispers, needing very much to hear the rest of this train of thought.

“Yeah. I’m all about my sisters, yo,” Jay whispers in reply, following Flavia to her cell. “And I’m happy to keep you safe tonight but it can’t be the longterm answer, you know what I’m saying? The power has to rest in the woman’s hands.”

Flavia shakes her head, bemused. She leads him into her cell and rearranges the sleeping bag on the cot. “I never hear a man talking like this. Who even raised you?”

“Hippies.”

“Ah. I did not have them growing up, I guess.”

“Yeah, once I called my brother a bitch and my Mom whooped me for like half an hour. Said keep that misogynistic shit out of your mouth. Learned the lesson young.”

“Good for your mother. Do you mind being against the wall?”

“Don’t care.” Jay stretches out on the cot. “Sleep like a dog. It’s getting late, isn’t it? Well. Good night.”

He folds his arms under his head and closes his eyes. Flavia looks at him, nearly two meters in length and no more than eighty kilos. He is all long lean muscle and no fat. And his face carries not a care in the world. It causes resentment in her, that a shining golden boy like this can live such a carefree life, untroubled by all the issues mere mortals like her contend with.

She lies down beside him, his shoulder her pillow. Yes, he is quite warm. Almost as comfortable as Boris her big Alsatian. And just about as complicated.

Flavia sleeps better than she has since she got to the island.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

22 – Ba-a-a-a!

That night, the sky clears. The stars come out in all their glory. Esquibel stands on the beach, her mind empty, letting the high vault of the night sky, so rarely seen, calm her.

She is playing such a dangerous game.

The camp has been asleep for hours. She knows she is the only one awake, especially after Katrina’s blowout for Flavia’s birthday. What debauchery. If it hadn’t grown so cold, they would have all ended up naked. But instead they passed out in shivering piles.

After several hours, Esquibel had gently pulled herself free of them to use the trenches. Then instead of heading back to bed she has snuck out here to the verge of the strand to watch the stars. She inhales the sharp salt tang on the air and tilts her face further upward. The Milky Way is a bold stripe against the darkness, a purple glow of cosmic gas behind it. Very little of this magnificent sky is actually black. Oh, but the universe is so inhospitably crowded with stars. Good thing it’s also enormous.

She hears the hiss of a line. Here it is. This is actually happening. What she’s been working toward for years. She turns to the cliff on the northwest side of the beach, where it drops precipitously into the water. A dark figure is rappelling down toward the beach.

Esquibel fingers the USB drive in her pocket. Worth more than gold, that. It is her precious entry into their world. She watches the figure drop onto the rocks fringing the cliff, then pick their way lightly across, splashing through a few spots, to the beach. Then they stride purposely toward her.

The figure is clad entirely in black, face covered. They approach, the fabric of their suit nearly invisible in the dark. This person is a bit shorter than Esquibel, facing her. She can’t tell anything about them. It is probably best that way, at least at this stage.

The figure holds out a black-gloved hand. She drops the USB stick into it. The fingers of the hand close. The hand disappears inside the suit. It is done. There is no turning back now.

The figure glides away, still facing her. Their movement is so uncanny Esquibel fears it must be a ghost. A spirit has just visited her. That’s all. And she whispered secrets in its ear. And now the ghosts will trust her and welcome her into their realm. And that is all that is important.

Esquibel faces the camp. Now her mind is full, alive with moves and strategies. Everything is going exactly as it should. She is even enjoying herself, falling in love with each of these lovely people. None of their hard words or recriminations mark her. They have no idea what they’re doing here or how valuable their innocent labors are. They are just so precious. It is ultimately them and people like them for whom she fights. That is all she must remember: to fight in secret for the world’s salvation.

Ξ

“I wouldn’t call it resentment…” Jay holds up a hand.

“Jealousy.” Amy laughs at him when he nods.

“Yeah, I guess that is more like it.”

“Oh, at least you get a fresh start with the Lisicans. They won’t even let me back in the village.”

“Well if Esquibel gets her way we’ll never see the village again!” A plaintive whine edges Jay’s voice. He plucks at his trousers like a child. “Man, I always wanted to have this kind of first contact situation. There’s so much to learn! They’ve been making their own world here for what, a hundred years? More?”

“I’d guess more. But who knows how long? We should have brought a linguist. But not even the Air Force could anticipate needing one of those.”

“So what’s it like in there? Really. Nobody’s told me. I just get these little snatches of detail that people think are enough. I mean, there’s a path? Okay. Well, is it lined with domesticated plants or wild? How wide is it? Is the one going to Wetchie-ghuy’s spot different? Do they maintain the trail? Is there like gravel in the washouts? Come on. That’s the kind of stuff I got to know. But when I ask everybody just shrugs and goes, ‘You know. It just looked kind of normal.’ And I’m like aaaagh.”

Amy holds up a hand to protect herself from his onslaught, shaking her head in amusement. “I guess I should have taken pictures. But I didn’t want to freak anyone out. Don’t worry, Jay. Remember what Katrina said? Esquibel is being security-crazy now but in another week or so I bet we’re all on the best of terms and your ankle will be back to normal. How’s the hand?”

“Still stiff.”

“Any more headaches?”

“No. Huh. I hadn’t really realized that, actually. Wow. Thanks for checking in, boss. You’re right. I’ve just got like a lot less pain in general. The hand, the head, the ankle. I was miserable!”

“So just hold tight, kid. We’ll get you in those tunnels in no time. And then up into the heart of it.”

“What if…? Do you ever think…?” Jay shakes his head. “Man. A nearly empty island, with all these gorgeous natural features at this latitude… I could just like build a treehouse here and get a fishing line and… Seriously. I’m never gonna need to leave. I could like stay here forever. Prad.”

Jay calls out to Pradeep, who is crossing through the camp, pulling his collections backpack off his shoulder. “Yes, Jay?” Pradeep is preoccupied by his latest discoveries, a Eucestoda flatworm he had wrongly classified as a Lepidoptera larvae. But no, it has a fully-developed white body, like a parasitic worm he’d find in animal stool samples. These were in leaf litter that seemed to have an extra stench to them. Perhaps there was dung in it.

“Would you live here, Prad? Like forever?”

Pradeep blinks at Jay, his mind far away. He studies the crowns of both trees and cliffs. Then he shakes his head and involuntarily shivers. “Ugh. Why do you ask me these things? What is wrong with you? Are you trying to freak me out?”

“No, dude. Think about it. There’s a lot of empty land—”

“I won’t!” Pradeep chops the air with his hand. “I get to go home to a normal life in a normal house and sleep in a normal bed. Very soon. This is a nice vacation. And perhaps if it is truly safe someday I would like to return. But—but there is no amount of preparation I can do that would make me feel like I could stay here forever.”

“Wow. Well, hike your own hike, dude. Get me some fish hooks and a garden and I could stay here until I’m about ninety-seven.”

Pradeep tries to make light of the situation. He reaches for something clever to say but it’s hard when his anxiety is jangling like this. Finally he comes up with, “Sometimes I wonder if you are truly a modern human, Jay. Perhaps you have more paleolithic or even archaic lineages in you, expressed so strongly in your, well, your morphology and behavior.”

Pradeep and Amy watch Jay’s face for a reaction to this unkind comment. He takes a long moment to digest it, then Jay blushes and drops his eyes to the ground. “You think so? That’s like the nicest thing anyone’s ever said to me. Dude, I’m like an atavistic throwback to our wild past! I thought I was the only one who realized it. Y’all are way too civilized for me.”

Pradeep and Amy share a complex look. Only Jay would take these words this way. Pradeep shakes his head, mildly annoyed, and gets back to his work.

“Hey, Prad.”

“What.” Pradeep doesn’t even look up. He is excavating his bag for the worm samples. The Dyson reader will be able to identify it instantly. Then he can see how it fits in with the larger—

“When the tunnels open back up, you and me, right? We head inland. Check out the whole island.”

But the panic such possibilities bring shoots through him and his hands spasm, scattering his carefully stacked sample bags. “Amy,” Pradeep seethes, “keep him away from me or I swear I’ll kill him.”

“What?” Jay asks as Amy hauls him down the beach. “What did I say? I’m just trying to tell him how awesome he is…!”

Finally Jay’s voice fades into the crashing of the waves and the cawing of the gulls. Pradeep takes a deep breath and looks up. His eyes catch Maahjabeen’s. She is doing minor repairs to her kayaks after the big platform collapsed on them during the storm. Just cosmetic stuff. Her brow is pinched, from working on a fiberglass hairline fracture with some epoxy, and her frown is deep. But she is still so beautiful.

Maahjabeen realizes she is grimacing when she sees Pradeep making the same face. They are both working too hard. She smiles at him, shy, and drops her gaze, her brow suddenly clear.

Pradeep stifles a smile and looks down. But he doesn’t see the worm or his collection bags under his hands any more. He only sees Maahjabeen’s body beneath his, an absolute wonder of beauty and sensuality. Lying with her is like bathing in a river of maple syrup. He didn’t know such a thing could be addicting, but now all he wants is another deep drink of her. Last night was a frustration. Nobody would leave them alone. They couldn’t do more than squeeze hands in the dark. Privacy is what they need. How will he find intimacy with Maahjabeen ever again?

Ξ

“I haven’t been down here in so long.” Flavia picks her way across the second wardroom of the lower deck of the sub.

Triquet is with her, checking all the piles and collections to make sure nothing has been disturbed. “It does feel like the Lisicans have been down here. I mean, honestly, I expect them to have been here. But nothing’s actually out of place or…”

“Why would you expect them?” Flavia pulls back in fear toward the hatch leading back to the surface. “Don’t say things like that. There is no reason they would come here. All they ever did is show us how little they want us here. Maybe they know we are gone in another five weeks so they are just trying to wait us out.”

“Okay. How would they know that?”

But Flavia is already over this conversation. “I don’t care. I will not think about them for one second longer.” She talks herself into staying and she drifts back to Triquet’s side. “But you know who I am thinking about? Maahjabeen. I am worried that she is being treated poorly again. This time her boss kicked her out of her cell and had sex in her cot. We must be nicer to her. Did you know she lost her mother not even a year ago? Car accident.”

“No. No, I did not.” Triquet blinks at Flavia. “I know next to nothing about her. She hasn’t really befriended a weirdo like me. And she isn’t interested in any of my wardrobe. Uh, let me know what I can do to help. So how was your birthday?”

“It was very special and you were all very nice. Thank you. Of all my birthdays I rank it fourth.”

“You rank your…? Of course you do. All about the numbers, yes? You absolute madwoman. All right. So tell me about your ranking system? What made this one fourth?”

“Well. I have a weighted system of analysis that assigns points to various attributes of a birthday. How healthy I am. How many of my favorite people are here. What kinds of gifts. What kinds of unique experience. Each experience is valued differently, with a library of metrics that cover all types of encounters possible for humans in the real world. Special moments each get between one to three points. And there are modifiers to account for age-related changes in myself and certain epi-cycles I’ve charted that show how my personality waxes and wanes over the years like the moon. This year’s birthday scored 1341.337 points, putting it just over two points behind the best birthday of my childhood, when I turned five and rode on a pony.”

“Fascinating. Well, nearly. So when you turned five was third? What was second?”

“1833.242 points. When I turned nineteen I lost my virginity on my birthday to the most gorgeous boy in the whole school.”

And first?”

“The very next year. When I was twenty I dumped him. And it was the best feeling ever. 2115.902 points. My record.”

Triquet laughs. “And what about your worst birthday?”

“Ah, it was only 27.644 points. Last year. I was alone. No family. No celebration. No presents. I felt like I would never have a good birthday again. But then… this! Last night was fantastic! If only my mother or brother or someone like that had ben here it would have put it over the top, especially with the bonus qualifiers Katrina earned for playing all my favorite Björk songs.”

Triquet is bemused. “I love this idea. It kind of works with mine. Maybe makes it better. See, what I’ve learned is that birthdays and holidays are extremely important and that the biggest deal possible should be made of them.”

“No, that is not what I am saying, Triquet. I do not make a big deal. Things happen or they do not, then I score them afterwards. I am not trying to reach my highest score each year. That is not how I do it.”

“No, but listen. This is how I do it. Birthdays aren’t about parties and presents. It’s about mental health. You work too hard. Right?”

“Of course. We all do.”

“Yes. And even if your institution has good personal day and vacation policies, it’s still hard to take all the time we need, right?”

“For most Italians I would say you have no idea what you are talking about. They aspire to do nothing every day. But in my case, yes. Our department is very fierce with their focus. Schedules are very tight. It is hard to not work too much.”

Unless… you make your special days really special. Now, personally, I don’t care about turning thirty, or thirty-three, or whatever. But it is one of those common cultural things that many people do care about. So I’ve learned to care about them too.”

“But why? That is just like, what do they call it in America? Greeting card culture?”

“Exactly! Hallmark holidays galore! Yeah, I work in the States where it is a sin to want a day off. Like ever. So I’ve told all my co-workers that I really really care about my birthday. And they’re really happy for me! It’s a great story. I told them when I turned twenty-nine, back at Loyola, that my childhood dream had always been to go to Singapore when I was twenty-nine.”

“What? What kind of crazy kid idea is that?”

“No, see, I was lying. I don’t care about birthdays but I do care about time off. I don’t care about any holiday really, but you ask my coworkers and I’m the biggest Christmas elf and Easter bunny the world has ever seen. And that’s how I get two weeks off every time I have a birthday. I come back with pictures and stories and tell everyone how much I thought about my uncle who died from lymphoma. Every ten years, I take six weeks. Because I just HAD to make all my dreams come true when I turned thirty! I climbed Haleakala in Maui and wandered the South Pacific. It was glorious. When I turn forty I’m gonna, I don’t know…”

“Go to the moon!”

“Perfect! Then my return flight could get delayed and I could get even more time off!”

Flavia laughs. “Clever. You are right. I will start doing this too. Whenever I need a break. Now. Did you find what you were looking for down here? I should get back to my work. Plexity is becoming such a mess. Alonso has already broken the beta.”

“Oh. Okay. Just some light reading then.” Triquet lifts a large stack of folders and loose papers. “I’m sure it’s in here somewhere. It was just the briefest glance and I didn’t attach any significance to it at the time. But why would anyone even try to correspond with an Iranian embassy in 1954 unless you were like part of the CIA coup that had just deposed Mosaddegh? Especially coming at them as a representative of the U.S. Military. Very fishy. So yeah. I’ll just take it all upstairs and sift through.”

Flavia mimics Triquet’s encompassing gesture but she wraps her arms around herself instead of archaeological treasures. “Don’t you ever get spooked down here? Ghosts of submarine sailors?”

“I wish. Like, of all the people in the world, I’d be the happiest one if I could talk to a ghost.” Triquet turns to address the empty chamber. “You hear me, ghosts? I’m your huckleberry. Right here.” Triquet sighs and addresses Flavia again. “They were there. They saw the world I’m just trying to reconstruct. They could tell me so much. Ghosts…!” Triquet’s voice rings out, harsh against the metal bulkheads, “If you’re here, make a sign! We have cookies.”

Triquet waits a moment in silence and then a hollow boom echoes from below. Flavia cries out and bolts for the hatch back up to the surface. Triquet yelps and loses their grip on all the files. They cascade to the floor in a mess. “Hold on! Just hold—!” But Flavia is already gone. Triquet giggles, convincing themself the boom was the sub sinking further in the water-logged sand and making the noise that old houses do when they settle.

But still, the bowels of the sub aren’t the most welcome place to be right now, especially alone. This is breaking Esquibel’s protocol. Nobody alone at any time. But Triquet can’t just leave these files here alone on the floor.

As they gather them, another paper slips out, catching Triquet’s eye. It has Korean characters written on it in faded black ink. But they look simplified. “Flavia…?” Triquet wants to show off how much they know about the development of the modern Korean language. This doesn’t look like Hangul, but the modernized form that they briefly tried to introduce after the war, when Korea shook itself free from all Japanese influence. “That was an initiative by Syngman Rhee, right? And when did it officially start? Must have been around 1953. I’m sensing a theme…”

Triquet stands, the gathered papers pressed awkwardly against their chest. A bit of a head rush nearly makes them swoon. When their vision clears, a figure resolves from a blurry outline at the far hatch, the hatch that leads further down.

It is the Lisican elder who first welcomed them to the village. His fox is curled on his shoulder, staring at Triquet with dark beady eyes. It locates a patch of mud on its tail and licks itself clean with a deft pink tongue.

Triquet is silent. In this moment, they have nothing but stillness and emptiness to offer. They probably couldn’t move if they tried.

The man points at Triquet with the tip of his thumb. He mutters a brief incantation. Then, his voice rough and eyes swimming with tears, a long preamble ends with him confessing something profound to Triquet. It is difficult for the old man to get it all out and by the end he is spent. He leans on a staff, careful to touch no part of the sub.

“Undisturbed.” Triquet’s voice is a breathy sigh. “You all come and go but you leave it all undisturbed. You don’t touch anything in the sub when you pass through. And now we’ve taken this path away. I’m sorry. We didn’t know.” Intuitively, Triquet holds out a gift as an apology. It is a cheap chrome ballpoint pen with a retractable tip.

The fox leaps from the man’s shoulder and runs along one of Triquet’s work tables to sniff at the pen. It turns away, rejecting the offering. The animal leaves no tracks on the scattered white pages. But hadn’t they come through the muddy tunnels below? Triquet wonders if the fox and the man are ghosts after all. But no. That very real boom let them in. Ghosts wouldn’t need to break down barriers. They could pass through walls, right? Ghosts wouldn’t want a dollar store ballpoint pen…

But the man is intrigued. He crosses to where Triquet stands. The fox leaps back onto his shoulder as he reaches for the gift.

“Pen,” Triquet instructs him. “Ballpoint pen. See?” With a sweep of their hand, Triquet drags the pen’s tip across an empty page, leaving an unsteady blue line.

The man’s eyes narrow. He closely inspects the paper.

“Oh, you like that? Well check this out.” Triquet holds the page in place and signs their name with a flourish. Triquet Carter Soisson. They are quite proud of their florid signature.

The man grunts. He drags his finger over the ink and streaks it a bit off the line.

“That’s right. It’s like paint. It’s just like fingerpaints in a cave or what have you, but this blue paint is forced to come out through this tiny little hole. Here, you see it? Right there at the very tip? That’s a ball. It’s a ball point. The ball rolls and deposits the ink. The paint. Here. You try.”

The man holds the pen like a stick he just picked off the ground. Smelling it, he wrinkles his nose at the complex tang of the ink. He talks to the fox, trying to reason this all out. And he appears to be hearing replies from the fox as well, to judge by his moments of listening and responses. Triquet finds it all quite fascinating.

The man jabs the paper. Too hard. The paper tears. He grunts again. He pushes the pen back into Triquet’s hands and glares at them with a dark expression, making a long speech indicating the items of the sub around him.

“No, it’s okay. It’s fine. Just paper. You didn’t like… ruin any of the church treasures here. Plenty of paper.” Triquet picks up another sheet and blithely tears it, letting the halves drop to the floor. But this has the opposite effect from the one intended.

The man draws himself up and sternly lectures Triquet while the fox darts forward to snare the fallen halves. The man crouches and takes the torn sheet back, placing it on the table and smoothing it out. He tries to do the same with the sheet the pen tore.

Triquet watches in confused silence. “I mean, it’s okay. That wasn’t even the sub’s paper. I brought it. From my own notebook. It isn’t like… special or anything.” Triquet offers the pen again, clicking the chrome push button to withdraw the tip.

The man’s eyes bulge. With childlike glee he snatches the pen from Triquet’s grip and carefully presses the button. The tip emerges and then sets with a click. He looks at Triquet with profound wonder, sharing the magic trick.

“Oh, good. You like that? Yes. I guess that’s the second best part of the whole pen experience. The clicking. Okay. So are we friends now? Can we agree to like live in peace and not block any more passages and steal any more people away? Huh?”

The man turns back to the hatch and says something. Another head emerges from it, a younger person in a fur cloak. All Triquet can register is that their gender is indeterminate. They have a heavier triangular face and delicate pointed chin, but their eyes aren’t feminine. Long curly hair, narrow shoulders. A feather and bead necklace. All Triquet’s instincts say this is an indigenous non-binary person. Wow wow wow.

Then another Lisican emerges, a young woman with bare breasts. Well. Nothing indeterminate about those. But now Triquet is seeing the Lisicans in a whole new light, as individuals with the same identity issues and expressions as themself. Are these two a couple? Who knows? The girl might be in love with her very own Triquet. The man shows them the pen, lecturing them on its uses, clicking it again and again. They cry out with pleasure.

Triquet’s head whirls with the potential significance of a non-binary native. This could be huge. Enormous. Assuming they aren’t wildly misreading the situation here, the prospect of studying a figure like this in the wild and the resulting papers, why… It feels like destiny. It’s as if Triquet’s whole life has just been practice for this one moment. All the archaeology and collection and study, all in preparation to have the necessary skills in place when an individual like this appeared.

But their instincts tell them to hang back. It’s fairly clear that Triquet shouldn’t stay. There is a quiet intimacy to the three Lisicans and the fox, crowded around the pen. Maybe they’re a family? Dad and two kids. Equally legitimate. And one is two spirits, like some of the Plains nations of American natives. Are they a shaman? Some kind of spiritual figure? An entire flood of questions fills Triquet. “Don’t want to disturb your fun…” Now is not the time to press. They still have weeks here on the island. A light touch is needed. Triquet will circle back to this enthralling person in time. They haven’t responded to their words at all. “Guess I’ll head back to camp.” With a final reassortment of the papers in their grasp, they turn to the hatch Flavia used.

The three Lisicans follow.

Ξ

Miriam is at the stove, making a proper cup of tea. She isn’t much of a traditionalist by any stretch, but every once in a while the Irish grandmother who lives in her bones wants a nice cuppa, steeped properly. She brought her own box of Assam loose-leaf black tea and when she feels the need to really ground herself like she does today, she drops a pinch into a rolling boil as a treat.

The important thing is to not let it steep too long because then it becomes too bitter. But just as she reminds herself primly of this canonical tea fact, the door at the bottom of the stairs creaks open and someone else emerges from the sub. Flavia had come out just a few minutes before, muttering about worker rights and safety.

Miriam forgets all about the tea as Triquet, followed by three Lisicans, climb the stairs from below and enter the bunker.

Before anything else happens, the man’s silver fox leaps from his shoulder and dashes through the cells to the open door, where it disappears outside.

Jay’s voice cries out, “Whoa! Did you see that? Vulpes sighting!” Then he comes running to the doorway just as the Lisicans cross the bunker. He falls silent when he realizes he’s blocking the door. “Uh, what the fuck? I mean, hey. Howdy. What’s up?” He makes a series of awkward gestures like waves and greetings and salutes. “Is that fox yours? Or are you his? Heh.”

The three Lisicans stand before him, faces closed.

“Jay, get out of the doorway,” Amy says. The old man turns to Amy and sees her. His face darkens. He makes a pronouncement and steps away from her, closer to the door. She tries a half-hearted diplomatic greeting. Bontiik? Aw, seriously? I’m still blacklisted? Even here? Dude, it was just one step on the path…”

Jay finally withdraws. The three Lisicans slip outside, crossing the camp toward the beach, moving with purpose.

Most of the researchers are here, apart from Maahjabeen and Pradeep and Mandy. They all fall silent and make no moves, just quietly following the progress of the old man and his two sidekicks out of the camp toward the lagoon.

Alonso is overwhelmed with emotion. Anxiety sweeps through him, that the sudden advent of the Lisicans in his camp could ruin everything. But he is also thrilled by the contact with them, the daylight exposure to these actual living people, whom he has only ever glimpsed by starlight. His heart hammers and a near panic claws at his diaphragm, tightening his chest. They skip up over the fallen redwood on the beach, the old man no less agile than the two others, and vanish. “What…?” Alonso searches quickly for his cane. He finds it and hurries forward, shuffling through the sand. “What are they doing? Where are they going?”

“The water…” Katrina is the first one up on top of the trunk. “They’re unrolling something. A big dark open-weave textile or… No, it’s a net. I think it’s a big net. They’re going fishing.”

By the time Alonso reaches the fallen trunk everyone else has passed him and stands looking out at the lagoon. He remembers so clearly how to climb a surface like this, how to flex and spring and scamper upward with a lithe body and catlike reflexes. But now he is made of sand and there is no power in his calves and feet. He can’t spring anywhere. He grips the rough bark of the fallen redwood and hauls himself up, sheets of connective tissue in his back and hips complaining. This is preposterous. Humiliating. A three year old could climb better. But a three year old doesn’t weigh a hundred kilos.

“Well that was quick,” Amy observes just as Alonso pulls himself up to the top of the log. This is the first time he has seen the ocean from this vantage and it commands his attention. Gunmetal gray and rippled, a faraway band of luminous turquoise water at the southeastern horizon indicates that the sun breaks through out there. So many colors. And textures. And he wants to define all of them! Now what are the Lisicans doing? Ah, yes. They are knee-deep in the lagoon, drawing the net to them. A half-dozen fish are already tangled in the cords, helplessly wriggling.

“Oh, man, I wish Maahjabeen could see this.” Jay knew the lagoon held such bounty. Here’s the proof. And so easily caught…

“She does see it.” Katrina points to the left, at the far side of the beach where Maahjabeen and Mandy stand watching.

Alonso does a quick headcount. Everyone is here but Pradeep and Flavia. He turns back to see the two of them in camp. Both look spooked, and Flavia holds Pradeep’s arm close. Alonso waves his cane at them. “It is fine!” he calls out, but his voice doesn’t carry that far. He tries again. “They are just fishing!”

But Flavia and Pradeep look no better assured.

Mandy and Maahjabeen haven’t moved. They stand still, watching the scene with fascination. The net is cast again and the Lisicans draw it in, picking kelp out of it and placing live fish in sacks they wear at their hips.

“I guess they got sick of not having fresh fish since we got here.” Amy wishes she could divine these people better. She wants nothing more than to be wise enough to be appreciated by a native person who lives in harmony with the land. It has always been her belief that they would be the only ones who would understand and appreciate her. The sacrifices she’s made. The obsessions she has that almost no other modern human seems to share. But the moment she met them, she set her foot on the wrong path and now she is forever rejected in their eyes. So hideously monstrously unfair. Nobody here wants their respect more!

Within a few short minutes the net is rolled back up and stowed in a fabric bag. “I counted thirty-three fish.” Jay shakes his head. “But I don’t think I got them all. They’re gonna feast tonight! Man, I wish I could join them.”

Alonso shakes his head, watching them return. “Not yet. Maybe someday.” The old man must be a decade older than Alonso but he still moves with the lightness of youth. The silver fox scampers at his side, smelling the fish wriggling in the sacks.

The Lisicans approach the researchers standing on the log. The old man studies them, searching their faces. He stops the others before the log and calls out, “Axh hidii! Yasiteh ribah.” Then he pulls a silver bream from the sack, its mouth gaping in the air.

“What is he saying?” Alonso’s voice is a rumble in contrast to the old man’s high sibilance. They all turn to him.

So the old man does too, realizing that Alonso is the elder here. He holds the fish out to Alonso, who is afraid that if he leans forward and takes it he will topple on the old fellow. So he instructs Jay with a gesture, who reaches out and takes the fish gratefully, bowing again and again, repeating, “Aw, yeah. Aw, YEAH!” as he scampers with it back to camp.

The old man is lecturing Alonso now, laying out particulars. He points at each corner of the lagoon, then several spots in the cliffs. Then he jabs the tip of his thumb toward his own face. He looks at Alonso with quiet challenge.

“I think,” Miriam mutters in his ear, “that he is claiming the beach as his. The fish was a statement.”

Alonso nods. “That it is his to give. Not ours. We are guests. Yes.” Alonso repeats it loudly for the man, nodding. “We are guests. And this is yours.” Alonso tries to encompass the lagoon and point it back in the old man’s direction but he isn’t sure his gestures and words are well-received. The old man frowns at Alonso with frustration.

“Alonso.” He points to himself. “Bontiik.” Then he gestures with a swipe of his fist in the general direction of the old man’s chin.

The elder seems to have understood the greeting. He now spreads his fingers and places them against his ribs on both sides, a way of indicating his own person. “Morska Vidra.”

“Ha!” Katrina laughs. “Tebya zovut morskaya vydra?” She turns to the others with a giggle. “He says his name is sea otter.”

“Why does he speak Russian?” Alonso holds a polite smile in place as his mind races with the implications.

“He doesn’t. I’ve tried. A ty govorish’ po russki? See?”

The old man, Morska Vidra, looks at them with an empty gaze. He repeats his name louder, as if they couldn’t hear him.

“Morska Vidra!” Katrina giggles again and spreads her hands across her own body. “Daisy Dolphin!”

Morska Vidra looks at her for a long moment, then the young woman at his shoulder suggests something and the old man replies. The young woman reaches into her own sack and pulls out a limp parrotfish. She hands it to Katrina.

“Oh, right on! Thank you! Spasiba! Oh, thank you so much!”

Morska Vidra evidently decides social hour is over. He presses his mouth into a line and slaps his hand against his bare thigh. The fox responds to this signal by leaping atop his shoulder. The three Lisicans climb the log, chatting low in their sing-song language, and head back to camp.

Flavia and Pradeep withdraw as the others follow Morska Vidra and his helpers to the bunker. Without another word to the island’s guests, the Lisicans descend the stairs into the sub.

Ξ

Esquibel sits, arms crossed, encircled by people lecturing her. She holds up a hand to get a word in edgewise but Amy is interrupted by Katrina who is undercut by Triquet. Esquibel drops her hand and crosses her arms again. All these daft statements of ideals. Like they’re writing a new bloody constitution for a utopian commune instead of hammering out rules of engagement with a dangerous foe. What fools they can be.

Their self-righteous speeches are finally cut short by Jay, of all people, whooping like a cowboy and slapping his knee. “Well, all right! Listen up, everyone!” He points at Maahjabeen, with whom he’s been conferring. “This wonderful amazing goddess of a scientist just said we could pull our own fish out of the lagoon!”

“No more than a few at a time. And not every day.” Maahjabeen glares at them, sure they will abuse her trust. “And we will have a survey first and a strict accounting of the populations. Do not impact any species too much. And no fishing where the Lisicans cast their net. Maybe only at the edges of the lagoon.”

“Yeah! Of course!” Jay is not to be contained. “Now who’s ready for some sushi tonight?”

“Ew, no.” Amy waves his offer away. “We need to flash freeze the fish to kill all the parasites before they’re safe to eat raw. And we don’t have a way to do that.”

“Fine. Fine. Baked Alaska it is,” Jay amends. “I don’t care, man. As long as I get some fresh fish in me. Yo, seriously. This is gonna be the most amazing meal of our lives. Just show me where.”

“What, right now?” Maahjabeen squints at the sky. It will be dark in an hour.

“Sunset’s great for fishing. Let me just rig a line and hook. Find some bait.”

“Did I not just tell you that we must do a survey first?”

“Well…” Jay paces a bit, undeterred. “I’ll definitely keep track of the species. We can like add it to the count after. If I get more than one of a species then it’s just catch and release, bro. I swear.”

“Do not call me bro.” Maahjabeen glares at Jay, wondering if she is making a mistake working with him at all. “And what if it is the only example of that species in the lagoon? And now you have eaten it before we understand its place in the ecosystem? No, we will need to do a full survey first.”

“Well of course I wouldn’t be keeping any atypical—” Jay lifts his hands and drops them, helpless. “Look. I am an actual wildlife biologist. An actual fisheries manager. Been fishing my whole life. Come on. You’re treating me like I have no idea what I’m doing. I’ll stick with stock species like Scaridae and Salvenlinus. I can—I can… ah, hell.” Jay finally registers Alonso slowly shaking his head at him and patting the air for patience. “Fine. I’ll start the survey instead. The lagoon’s barely been scratched, Plexity-wise.”

Without another word, Jay hurries to the tables, grabs a reader, and makes his way toward the beach.

Alonso sighs. He turns to Amy. “His feelings are hurt. Will we have to repair this in any way?”

“What, with Jay? Not at all. Believe me, he doesn’t feel wounded by this at all. He grew up in a very intense family environment, with lots of yelling and teasing and bullying. What he considers normal is… far from what the rest of us do.”

That makes a few of them chuckle. Esquibel has used the respite to look at this impasse from another angle and now she takes the opportunity Jay has given her. “Alright, wait now. Before we all start yelling again let us figure this out together. We need a single defensible place, somewhere the islanders will not be able to reach us if we don’t want. I thought it was the bunker, properly sealed. But I don’t have the ability to keep the cliff tunnels closed without heavy machinery and like, concrete and steel bars.”

“Says the prison warden,” Miriam scowls.

“Mirrie. Let her finish. Please.” Alonso realizes the sense in what Esquibel is saying. After the last five years he needs safety too.

“That is all I’m saying.” Esquibel holds her hands up in surrender. “They’ve already gotten through all our defenses and can obviously come and go at will. But what happens when they show up in the middle of the night? What if it’s—?”

“Don’t say his name.” Flavia stands. “What about the sea cave? We could make that our safe house. One way in. Backs to the sea.”

“Good idea!” Amy likes that they’re trying to think of creative ways out of this mess. All these big brains together. They’ll figure something out.

But Esquibel is shaking her head no. “We would need a secure passage to the sub and access to the surface. It is too easily taken away from us. What if they block that tunnel down below and then come at us from their other tunnels in the cliffs?”

Pradeep barks, a sound halfway between a laugh and a gasp. He twists the fabric of his slacks in his hands. “Okay. That’s enough story time for me. Perhaps I’ll check up on Jay. Give him a hand. Since I obviously won’t be getting any sleep tonight.” Pradeep escapes from the argument, heading toward the beach.

“Well, if the Lisicans can control all the entrances and exits and there are so many… then I don’t know what we can do to be safe and secure.” Alonso reaches this reluctant conclusion but it doesn’t make him as uneasy as it should. These villagers are much less dangerous than gopniks, despite what games their outcast shaman plays. “I guess we must learn to live with insecurity.”

Esquibel shakes her head stubbornly no. “My orders specifically state that I must have a properly-secured and defended—”

“Well, fine!” Triquet has had enough. “Then tell us, Lieutenant Commander, what we’re supposed to do? Make weapons out of bone and sleep in shifts? Build our own bunker out of like redwood bark and sand? Sleep on a big raft in the lagoon? You’re full of objections to the way we’re doing things but you’re not offering any reasonable alternatives. And the one strategy you did have lasted all of two days, after the rains stopped.”

They all wait on Esquibel now. She knows that if this was a proper mission then yes, they’d sleep on the beach with a secured perimeter and regular guards. They’d have thermal imaging and trip wires and motion sensors. And they’d all understand that regardless of what the politicians say in their various capitals the world is actually at war. It always has been and always will be and not enough people actually realize it. She sighs. “You people make me feel like a shepherd who is leading her flock over a cliff.”

Katrina giggles. “Ba-a-a-a!”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us on our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-ii-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

21 – Drift Away

Triquet stands before all of them. Most are seated in chairs beside the workstation but Katrina and Mandy cuddle on the concrete floor in a nest of sleeping bags and Amy, as ever, hurries back and forth from the kitchen bearing drinks one way and empty dishes the other. Triquet nods at Mandy. “Archaeology comes before Atmospheric Sciences so I guess I’ll start. Okay, so my latest project proposal is provisionally entitled ‘Abandoned Artifacts of a Postwar Listening Post,’ but that’s a little too Scientific American for my tastes. I need to bring some kind of sociocultural insight into the paper or I might as well be a day laborer. But interpretation remains, like, so far away. So far. I thought exhuming Maureen Dowerd would solve everything but it just raises more questions. Why did she die? Who killed her? There is absolutely zero mention of anything like that in the last two years of records on board. So it was a secret. But her grave wasn’t. It kind of points more toward foul play than an accident. Or at least a cover-up. I don’t know. What is everyone’s personal favorite scenario so far?”

“Oh, I know.” Jay sits up. “Check it out. Lisica isn’t the isolated listening post the Air Force wants you to think it is. It’s a special forces playground, man. They’ve been sending in the Japanese, the Russians, and now the Chinese? Right? That old bit of the plane we found? Who hasn’t forgotten about that? And that second bunker Maahjabeen found up the coast. Yeah? This place has been contested for ages. You see where I’m going with this?”

“Not really. I mean…” Triquet isn’t really into indulging in Tom Clancy fantasies like this. There just hadn’t been enough reason to, yet. “Okay. You are definitely onto something with all those other loose ends. I was thinking myself more locally, about the beach and the items in the sub, but it’s true. In the big picture we still haven’t investigated nearly any of this island. We have no idea. So what are you saying, Jay? The Russians killed Maureen? And then the Air Force couldn’t record her death because that was all too top secret? Maybe they took those records with them when they left?”

“I don’t like it. How does that account for the buried sub?” Pradeep’s question makes them all frown. “How does anything?”

“You know who knows?” Katrina’s voice has returned to full strength. She lounges against Mandy, sucking on an end of hair. “A very unpleasant, very old lady up in the village. She acted like I owed her something. Like I’d made her some promise before. But I think she was promised something she never got. Who knows what it was. I tried to work out some language with the kids, Triquet. But I’m making like the slowest progress. It’s impossible so far. Like they have a completely different frame of reference and we can’t figure out the way the other one looks at things. Yet.”

“What do you mean yet?” Flavia demands. “You have plans to see them again? Where?”

Katrina holds up a tentative hand. “Remember, Flavia. They hate Wetchie-ghuy as much as you do. The kids were terrified of him, when I mentioned his name.”

“But what does all that old bad blood have to do with Maureen Dowerd?” Triquet shakes their head in despair.

“They always kill the woman, though, don’t they.” Maahjabeen shakes her head, cynical. “An island full of one hundred men and one woman and she is the one who is dead.”

“You aren’t wrong. They had a picture of her, in the village,” Amy recollects.

“And she had blonde hair,” Alonso adds. It was the first thing he ever noticed about the one child he saw, the way their curly hair gleamed in the moonlight.

“Ohhhhh…” Jay and Katrina both groan, rocking back with surprise. “She was stepping out!” Jay crows.

“Fell in love with one of the Lisicans,” Katrina adds. “Had the wrong color baby. Esquibel. Could you tell, during the autopsy, if she’d ever had a child? Or maybe if she was still carrying?”

“No. I didn’t have time for a pelvic exam. We focused up above on the blunt force trauma. And then the rain came.”

“And the old woman up there,” Katrina says, “was like her long-lost daughter… Wow. No wonder she feels betrayed.”

“Or maybe,” Alonso pats the air with a hand. He needs to slow down this rampant speculation before the whole day is wasted. “Maureen Dowerd fell and hit her head and they never wrote it down because she wasn’t ever officially supposed to be here in the first place. Simple explanations, everyone. Let us keep to the simple ones and not turn this into a telenovela.”

“Then why are they blond?” Katrina asks.

Amy appears, holding a tray with diced-up energy bars and a defrosted berry sauce. “I don’t know, maybe from those Russians Jay thinks were crawling all over the island. Snacks?”

Flavia takes a handful. “Or maybe both. We are talking decades or maybe even centuries here. We know this island has been discovered at least like three times: once by the Lisicans, once by the Japanese, and once by the Americans. There is no reason to think it hasn’t been visited by even more.”

But Alonso has had enough. “Speculation, people. Please. Bring Doctor Triquet evidence if you have any. Otherwise, this is the kind of conversation I have with laymen who don’t understand what I can never get past a grant committee. You all know the feeling. Let’s be rigorous here. Doctor Triquet, is there anything you would like to add to your presentation before we move on?”

“No, thank you, Doctor Alonso. I seem to have stirred the pot quite enough.”

Alonso nods at Mandy. “Then Atmospheric Sciences.”

“Well, I can’t tell you much.” Mandy sits up and stretches like a cat. “But I can say that if I was betting on when the storm ends I’d say maybe this afternoon. The rain’s getting warmer, the wind has pivoted out to the west, and it’s just getting ragged. Can you feel it? The rhythm of the storm?”

Alonso nods. “That would be very good news indeed. What can you tell us of any work you may have done in regards to Plexity?”

“Yes, well,” Mandy rolls her eyes and shakes her head. “That’s where the fun comes in. So you’ve been saying, ‘Context, context, provide Plexity context!’ so now I’m like your Queen of context. Katrina’s been helping me plot out my readings as a base timeline and then with those recorded weather stats each day you get all the context you need. Place any organism or ecological subsystem on the timeline and you get the rain opening the flowers and releasing the pheromones and then the bees and the birds and… Well, I don’t know what happens then.” Mandy guffaws into her open hand. “The biologists can tell us. I just wish I could do that AlphaFold thing Flavia keeps talking about, instead of proteins it’d be atmospheric effects and it’d like let me tell you what the daily weather was in the past. That would be fire.”

“Not impossible,” Flavia declares. “In broad strokes, at least. And we do have a hundred years of climate data from like Hawaii and California, do we not? You get me the data and we could start to look at ways to extend our resolution back in time.”

Mandy makes a face. “Oh, there are already tons of recursion models and paleo-climate nerds who just go on and on about this, for sure. I’ll see if Alonso brought enough of the internet to see if any of their work is available. Super mathy stuff, no doubt. But!” Mandy holds up a finger. This is the important thing she needs said. “What I really need is data points, Alonso. I’m not able to do this properly with just that one DIY weather station at the top of the cliff and one down here. I need sensors all over the island. And in the water, too.”

This is the kind of progress he had expected from this meeting. Alonso nods emphatically. “That is a good idea. When the storm ends, perhaps you and Miss Charrad can find a way to add some of your instruments to her buoys.”

Maahjabeen shrugs. “I mean, the base station already records air temperature and windspeed. That is where I tether them to land. We could add, what, a barometer?”

Mandy blanches, unimpressed. “What I’d really like is if you could install some stations on these sea stacks. Really get unfiltered samples from the far horizon. Is that possible? Some day? Maybe?”

Maahjabeen nods. “Yes. It will just require a new arrangement. I have had time to think of what my next move is when the storm is over and I have realized we must paddle the kayaks into the sea cave and keep them down there. It is too difficult up here to fight the way out of the lagoon. The sea cave is a far better entrance into the water. Much better protected. So we will only push out through the lagoon once more and then paddle into the sea cave. Keep them there, then come back up through the tunnels. So whenever we need—”

“Have you forgotten,” Esquibel interposes, “that the tunnels are blocked and you can’t come back up?”

“And have you forgotten,” Katrina asks, “that I just spent half the night with a bunch of native kids who don’t care one bit about your bloody blocked tunnels, mate.”

Maahjabeen shrugs. “This is how I can do what Mandy asked. I could get a weather station on a kayak to a sea stack no problem from down there. Its outlet has splendid access to them. Very safe. I can do my work as intended if the boats are down there.”

“Katrina,” Esquibel says, “I will need you to tell me where that cave was last night the children showed you. You said it was one we don’t know.”

Triquet throws their hands into the air, exasperated now. “You just really aren’t getting the whole, ‘there’s far too many caves in these cliffs for us to block them all’ thing, are you? I get that it’s your training, but please, sister.”

“Alonso.” Esquibel turns away from Triquet, ignoring them. “I can assure you that Maureen Dowerd did not fall and hit her head. This was no accident.”

“Why not? In the dark, the roots tripped me and nearly killed me, didn’t they?”

“The roots did not choke you first. Her throat was so contused it almost looked like she wore a black necklace. But the choking did not kill her. The blow to the back of her head did. And the object that fractured her skull had one straight, even edge. Not even a sharp stone would leave a wound like that.”

The bunker goes quiet. Mandy’s right. The wind and rain are more ragged now, the storm’s remnants chasing the main mass south across the ocean.

“So what I’m saying,” Esquibel continues in a weary voice, “is that we have not only a kidnapper on this island but evidence of a murder. Old, yes, but it is within the bounds of possibility that the murderer is still alive and on this island. And you don’t want me to take any security precautions. What is wrong with you people?”

“Don’t listen to them, Esquibel!” Flavia waves derisively at the others. “I very much want you to close off all the tunnels. Blow them up with explosives! I don’t care.”

“Easy for you to say, Flavia,” Triquet tells her. “None of your work requires access to any of these areas. But ours does. Doctor Daine, you’re acting like this is the first time any of us have been in a dangerous situation. Honey, please. In Honduras my dig was in the middle of a guerrilla war, okay? Alonso knew he was going to a dangerous spot in Central Asia and ended up in a gulag. We know there are risks. We aren’t these pie-eyed innocents you think we are. It’s just we accept some risks in the pursuit of what we do. Science. Just like the medicine you’ve dedicated your life to. Science is why we’re here. The Lisicans are just another risk like getting injured or surviving the storm outside. Ask Maahjabeen which she thinks is more deadly. Getting lost in a storm or interacting with the natives?”

“I was very much hoping,” Alonso says in the awkward silence, “that we could keep this meeting on track. Miss Hsu, do you have any other meteorological observations to share with us? No? Then, moving on. Who is next? The biologists? Amy?”

“Well.” Amy stops moving for once. She puts the stack of dirty dishes on a table and cocks her head, collecting her thoughts. “We were making great headway there right before the storm hit. I think you’d have to agree, Pradeep, Jay, that we were really starting to hoover up a bunch of samples.”

Pradeep only nods. Jay beams and gives a thumbs up.

“Have you noticed,” Alonso asks, “any surprising trends? Broad patterns? Things you maybe did not expect?”

“I mean, that’s everything here.” Amy spreads her hands. “The redwoods aren’t supposed to be here. I discovered a new sub-order of Hymenoptera, ground wasps that may be unique to the island. Jay is like a kid on Christmas morning. He’d bring me new things every day before the storm hit. And I can’t speak for Pradeep any more. He’s in some deep territory.”

“Yes, Pradeep? What is this territory? How deep?”

“Quite deep indeed! About a meter underground, a mycelium signaling network in the grove that talks to the roots of the plants and enriches the soils. It’s been documented elsewhere, but the ones I’ve been looking at here underneath our feet are some of the most robust examples we have of large-scale, cross-kingdom fungal and plant biochemical communication networks. We may also have Animalia agents such as Ariolimax slugs and eriophyid mites that contribute to the—the release of chemical markers that create phase changes in the wider forest. The use of the Dyson reader just allows me to document these changes in realtime. So I will say it is an unalloyed success, Doctor Alonso. Bravo.”

“Yes!” Alonso hauls himself to his feet and points at Pradeep, who beams at him. “This is what I am talking about! This is the gold here! These are the kinds of papers that will show what Plexity is capable of! Publishing world, watch out!”

“Ehh, I don’t understand how you think you’re going to be able to publish any of this work.” Flavia’s face is bleak. “Nobody will ever be able to replicate our work, Alonso. Bespoke operating system. Classified technologies. How will anyone ever peer-review what we are doing? They can’t even visit the island yet or use the readers without signing one of those terrible NDAs. It will take decades. Admit it. We are really only doing this for ourselves.”

“Years, maybe,” Alonso allows. “Not decades. The Dyson reader is slated for release some day, I am sure. And Plexity will be as well. As soon as the patents and trademarks are properly filed. So yes. This will take some time. Many of our most astounding discoveries will have to wait. But long-term, this work is everything. It is the basis for an entirely new science.”

“It’s our retirement,” Miriam amends. She’s been quiet today, letting others fight Esquibel. Also, the LSD still hasn’t entirely left her system. She remains slightly disoriented and she has trouble following the denser details of the conversation. “So A, B, who’s next? Is it me? G? Geologist?”

Flavia points at Alonso. “D for data scientist. Or G for geneticist, which comes before geology. It is Alonso’s turn first.”

“Yes.” Alonso settles back. “The data science here, well, I think most of you have each heard from me how it affects your discipline in particular. In general, it is a large-scale effort, with powerful tools that will derive new findings from huge datasets. So now that we’ve finally got the collection pipeline set up—with apologies to Miss Hsu for the delay in adding her meteorological capabilities—for most of us now our work is entirely about collection. Like ninety percent of our energies should be dedicated to collecting, recording, and characterizing life now for the remainder of our time here. Don’t worry so much about categorization or theory-building at the moment. Let’s inhale this beach and lagoon. Fill our lungs. And I would like it to be an all-hands-on-deck effort. Doctor Daine, if your medical and security issues allow you extra time, please assist in any way that you think may help. Doctor Triquet, if you can provide a human, archaeological framework to our work, to please remind us that we always see everything through a flawed, human lens. That is really why you are here. Because there is no such thing as a direct connection to nature. It all comes through our imperfect senses and our poorly-formed biases and flawed perspectives to be considered by our fallible brains. So I find the work you are doing in the sub as important as any other. We need to know what this island does to people, no? And what they do to it. Also, if you are ever free, I am sure Miriam could use more help with the digging.”

Flavia holds up a hand. “I am sorry. But using me as some kind of untrained field helper is a terrible use of resources. I will stay here in the bunker, safe and sound, and keep making sure all the code works as intended so all our machines keep running as needed. I can promise you it is a full-time job. And the rest of my hours… I am tired. I need sleep.”

“Yes, I am not much use myself,” Alonso agrees. “But I am feeling better. Did you notice I can stand like a real person again without a cane? I mean, not all day, but…”

Esquibel lifts Mandy’s hand like the winner of a boxing match. “The magic hands of our physical therapist here!”

Mandy demurs. “Oh, I’ve hardly done anything yet.”

“Yet?” Alonso pales. “That means it will get harder?”

Mandy smiles wickedly at him. “Just you wait.”

Alonso nods. “Yes, I will wait, you sadist. I will wait until I have about seventeen glasses of wine in me.” The thought of it deflates him and he finds his chair again. “Now I am the one who must apologize for taking us off track. Eh. Where were we?”

“G for geology?” Amy asks.

“Yes. Miriam. Please.” Alonso rubs his eyes as his wife begins her presentation. He sighs, hoping the concussion’s headaches aren’t back. Just a moment’s rest…

Miriam stands, a bit wobbly, a philosophical air possessing her. “Allow me to take you back to the early days of planet Earth, when the skies were red and lava ran like rivers from volcanoes. It was a time of great change, when—”

“Oh, god,” Flavia exclaims. “Why does every geologist have to start their talk like this? Numbers. Tell me the numbers. How old?”

Miriam makes a face at Flavia. “Fine. Let us begin one hundred ninety million years ago with the formation of the Pacific Plate, which is the tectonic plate under nearly all of the Pacific Ocean. Now we know that hot spots punched through the mantle to create isolated archipelagos like the Hawaiian Islands, but the model I’ve created here allows for an ancient upthrust that was initially a single event. Just one island, aye? And at first it didn’t reach the surface. It was just a raised underwater platform of coral and shellfish, slowly depositing calcium over the igneous roots. So after several more eons lava found its way up this tube again and this column had a second upthrust in the relatively near geologic past, perhaps quite near, like within ten thousand years. This is when it broke the surface of the waves, capped by limestone.” Her thoughts are beginning to run more fluidly now, the foundations established. “Regarding Plexity… there are countless examples of interactions in the geology literature such as alkalines leaching into water and changing the composition of plant life. Now I can… Well… Uh… Depending on a number of factors outside my control…” She locks her neck so that she doesn’t turn to glare at Esquibel, “I may be able to conduct mineralogical examinations to provide some, eh, fruitful matrices upon which much of the life here flourishes.” Miriam looks at a fixed point over their heads on the back wall and says stiffly, “I will only say that the study of this island’s interior would be… a rather significant event in modern geology.”

Miriam sits back down. Her brain hasn’t stopped spinning yet. This entire dim rainy day-long conference has an air of unreality to it. She is just so tired. All she wants is to sleep this day away.

“Who is next?” Amy calls out. “Medicine? Or math first? And what are we calling Katrina?”

“My maths.” Flavia stands, more formal than the others, holding her laptop. “Alonso, I know I said the beta wouldn’t be ready for testing until next week but I lied. It will be tomorrow. After these last few days with the storm and nothing else to do I have made tremendous progress. Now, when we go live it won’t have any of your precious modules, this will just be the core program…”

“Of course. Of course,” Alonso leans forward and blows Flavia kisses. “But Flavia. You are a genius. I cannot believe you are able to deliver the beta. You did it in like twenty days. What a miracle.”

She holds up a hand. “Talk to me about miracles after we debug it. But no, like you said, Plexity is only a thousand lines of code. Not so tough. Just a tricky little puzzle. Most of the tough problems were already solved years ago in bioinformatics. I will just have to keep my cellular automata for some other fancy project instead.”

“Let us work on this as soon as the meeting ends, Flavia. I am very eager to see how you resolved a few of those pathways. Were you able to keep the richness of the data? You were talking about the analog signals of the Dyson readers…”

“Yes. More of my off-the-shelf modules. These inspired from soundwave design programs. You know how they have made such advances in getting digital bits to sound like waveforms. So I was able to repurpose some of those algorithms. But!” Flavia holds her finger straight up like a referee calling a foul. “If you want your precious program to keep running and growing and improving then you will keep me out of the fields and forests like a cartoon character chasing bugs with a bugnet!”

“Yes, Flavia.” Alonso laughs. “Anything for Plexity. I will feed you espresso and noodles myself all day long. Fantastic news. Thank you. Now who did we say was next? Medicine? Doctor?”

Esquibel shrugs. “Medically, we are doing well at the moment. No new injuries. And the storm is forcing us to stay still in here so those of us who were already injured have had time to heal. Our nutrition could be better. I worry about the lack of fresh fruits and vegetables. Phyto-nutrients. It might start to degrade our physical and mental performance. Just a bit. If we were staying longer I’d say we should plant a garden.”

Jay sits up. “Check this out. What if we start harvesting seaweed from the lagoon? Like as a regular operation? Super healthy. Bull kelp and nori. Lots of compounds we need. And there’s so much we’d hardly make a dent. Also, kelp is the fastest growing plant on the planet. A meter a day. So, it could really help…”

They all turn to Maahjabeen. She crosses her arms. “If I can gain access to the sea cave,” she bargains, “then I will not have time to properly manage the lagoon alone. So perhaps we could discuss some compromises.”

Jay pumps his fist. “Yes! I’d be happy to take over! I’ve been a fisheries manager in the past. You won’t be sorry—”

“But this is all dependent on regular access to the sea cave first.” Maahjabeen’s voice cuts right through Jay’s celebration. They all look to Esquibel.

She sighs and shakes her head. “Okay. How about this. We have planned entries and exits. We secure perimeters and scout our route. Nobody travels alone. We do a bit of self-defense training before anyone goes anywhere. With those basic precautions… I suppose we can learn to live on this dangerous island.”

“Miriam? Triquet? These terms are acceptable? Katrina?” Alonso studies each of their faces. They are all lost in thought.

Then Katrina links arms with the other two who had been mentioned. “Yeh, boss. We’re your underground team now. Maahjabeen, you need to get to the sea cave? Just let us know. The three of us will bring you. I want to talk to the Lisican kids? They talk to all three of us. Triquet wants time in the sub? We help. Miriam wants to dig in the tunnels? We dig!”

“That will slow us down like so much,” Triquet complains. “I’ll never have a full day of work again.”

But now Katrina has seized the initiative in the meeting. “Look. Real talk, Triq. We’re only getting in all these fights about the interior because it’s new and weird and scary and we don’t know what happens next. But I bet you, in a couple weeks at most, all this will just be a memory. And we’ll be like sharing feasts with the Lisicans and we’ll have full access to the whole island and fucking Wetchie-ghuy will be in Lisican jail or whatever. Just like a week or two at the most we need to be careful. Cautious. Right, Esquibel? Just until we can adjust to this new reality. Then we can optimize.”

Esquibel grudgingly nods. “Maybe, Katrina. If we are lucky.”

“Well, that’s what I’m saying, baby,” Katrina drawls, winking at Esquibel. “They call me Lady Luck for a reason.”

This elicits laughter from nearly everyone.

Katrina spreads her hands in a dramatic gesture. “Okay, freaks and geeks, you want an update? It’s my turn now. First, I got to say thanks for warming me back up this morning. That was so sweet the way you took care of me and I love you all and owe you all so much. Now, the next thing on my agenda is dance party. We got to celebrate the end of this storm, peeps. If it’s over in the next few hours, then we got to dance ourselves clean. So join me under the trees in the camp tonight and we’ll get us some soul in our souls if you know what I mean.”

“Oh my god, after last night I don’t need another party for like two years,” Flavia groans, tilting her head back. “Maahjabeen. Come on. Tell them. Last night was too much.”

“Yes, Maahjabeen, was it?” Katrina asks, a hair too eagerly. Pradeep burns holes in her, but Katrina giggles his stare away. “Was last night too much? Or was it just right?”

“Ehh…” Maahjabeen looks away. “It was all right. I do not mind the music so much any more. I guess I have grown used to it.”

“Feh.” Flavia flips a hand at her. “Traitor. But be serious now, Katrina. What about your work? What about Plexity?”

“Yeh, okay. So those readers are where I’ve been focusing my energies. Brilliant pieces of gear. Truly. But they’re still lacking a bit in the user experience side of things. I mean, you put a sample in, it flashes red or green, you carry on. The interesting results only emerge when you’re back at the lab putting it all together. But what if there was an app on your phone instead?”

“What?” Flavia is the most surprised one of them all. “What app? I haven’t heard of this. What are you talking about?”

“It just occurred to me, Flavia. We’ve talked about rigging external screens to the thing but why should we? Think about it. There’s no ports in the readers. They’re using encrypted bluetooth to speak to those USB dongles they gave us. So I can hack into the bluetooth and just run a basic app with some like simple data visualization and geotagging and such. You know. An app.”

“You’ve talked a bit about this before,” Pradeep says. “But I couldn’t really see it or how we could use it in tandem with the readers, out in the field where my hands are already full of trowels and collection bags and lights. But yes. Having an app on my phone that would allow me to instantly classify, say the various mycorrhizae… I’ve already been doing a mostly manual version of this and it would save me so much time.”

“Good! Then I’ll bash that together this afternoon. Aw, you look tired, Pradeep. Maybe you didn’t get enough sleep. Well, you can take a nap in a bit and when you wake up it’ll be done! I won’t even make it very expensive, but of course there will be in-app purchases and micro-transactions for sure.”

Jay barks out a laugh, the only one who gets it. “Loot boxes yo.”

Katrina giggles. “I mean, a girl’s gotta monetize what she can in this life. Also, I have a thought about how we might use some of our maths, Flavia, to help Mandy develop better weather models. I’m thinking we might be able to emulate virtual weather stations for her at certain distances, using triangulated data and complexity theories. If nothing else, it’ll help refine her models locally.”

“Ai, it sounds like my work is gonna become about the weather,” Flavia observes, “both at the macro level and at the micro. Well. It is time I understood it better.”

“Oh my god that is so sweet,” Mandy says. “I’m not exactly sure what you mean by virtual weather stations but, like, whatever help would be huge. I mean, how do you even make a virtual weather station? What’s the point?”

“It’s mostly predictive, particle physics on deterministic paths, acting like waves and currents, right? If we measure a gust of wind at one location, we can have a certain degree of confidence that it carries on over a predictable path. So if we have an accurate enough measurement of the land and sea in this general location, and then I think at minimum three actual real weather stations at wide intervals, we can create a virtual environment of the weather where you could sample it from any point—”

“Well, not any point, Katrina, dear,” Flavia amends. “Nobody brought a cryogenically-cooled supercomputer, did they? We cannot keep track of more than a few hundred data points on the hardware we have here. And we can effectively predict even fewer points. But I’m sure we can improve on Mandy’s data analysis using these techniques, yes.”

“That is wild.” Mandy shakes her head. She knows about virtual atmospheric environments from some of her computation classes in grad school, but she hadn’t thought how she might apply them in the real world. Katrina is utterly brilliant. She must think Mandy is a total dunce. She shakes her head in disbelief. “And that’s something you can just, like, whip up out of thin air?”

Katrina shrugs. “I’ll put it on the list. Also, I’ve been thinking of ways we can re-treat the wall panels in the sub to get away from that lifeless cold war aesthetic. It’s so gray! We need more warmth down there. I know that’s not strictly Plexity-related, but come on.”

“Eek,” Triquet hunches their shoulders. “This is blasphemy. Perhaps some detachable wall coverings or something but please don’t renovate my museum. It’s so… pure.”

Alonso tries to keep his focus on this conversation but their voices are starting to fade out. He is spent and he feels his age again. No. Older. Miriam and Amy remain far more vital than he is. He squeezes his gnarled hands, massaging out the pain. This meeting is interminable. They have spoken about too much and covered too many subjects. It has no clear direction any more. He doesn’t know how to wrap it up. “Okay. It is lunch time. We need to think of ways to… eh.” He waves a hand in surrender. “Enough thinking for a while. Anything else to bring up before we are done?”

Flavia lifts a shy hand. “Only that it is my birthday today, if anyone cares.”

They all cry out in celebration. The youngest ones surge against Flavia, squealing and hugging her. The others hang back, calling out and clapping. She is smothered with affection.

Katrina kisses Flavia again and again. Then she leans back and howls, “And you said no more parties! Ha! Tonight we rage!”

Finally Flavia emerges, hands upraised. “Basta! Basta!”

“How old, love?” Miriam asks. “It’s all about numbers, right?”

Flavia recognizes the jab and smiles. “Only one hundred ninety million years. No. Thirty-one. I am a… what is the word, spinster? now.”

Amy and Miriam laugh long and loud. To them, thirty-one is a whole generation ago. Esquibel links arms with Flavia. “Thirty-one gang rise up.”

Flavia is shocked. “We are the same age? No.”

Esquibel pulls away. “Why? What age did you think I was? Older or younger?”

Flavia can’t answer that. “Ehh. I guess I never thought of it like, like—I mean, Doctor Daine you are so accomplished so I guess I thought you were older—But of course that would be impossible because you look so many years younger than me…”

Esquibel’s laugh is free and easy, everyone’s favorite sound. “Ha! That is a lie! Don’t worry about offending me, Flavia! This face isn’t as fresh as it used to be! And that is fine! I’ve been trying to be an old lady my whole life! Let’s see… You are exactly… 89 days younger than me. There. More numbers for you.”

“That makes your birthday…” Flavia does a quick calculation, “Wait… Christmas Day?”

“The day after. Boxing Day.”

“The thirties are your best,” Miriam says. “Still so much energy but you aren’t a crazy person any more like you were in your teens and twenties. You’re going to survive. You’ve figured out life skills and how to live a daily life but everything is still so fresh and new.”

“Is it?” Flavia asks. “I have never had enough energy and I have never been a crazy person. I am a very normal person and my twenties were not like that. Also, nothing feels new.” She sighs, a melodramatic sound. “I guess I am also an old lady in training.”

“As am I,” Maahjabeen adds. “When I was growing up I hated being a little girl. Nobody listening to a word I’d say. I couldn’t wait to drive a car and shop for my own food. Independence!”

“Should I feel bad,” Katrina asks Mandy, “if I never wanted to grow up and move past the playdates and sleepover stage of life?”

“I’m with you,” Mandy says. “For me, childhood was playing all day in the waves of the north shore. I mean… I never wanted it to end. Getting old scares me.”

Miriam joins them. “Me too! To the young at heart!” Triquet also links arms with them. Jay does too.

They laughingly divide themselves into two groups. Only Katrina registers Maahjabeen pulling Pradeep into the embrace of the old souls. He wears his nervous, brittle smile as they surround him.

“Amy!” Flavia calls out. “You can’t stay in the middle! Alonso! You have to choose! Old or young, eh?”

But Amy is torn. “I can’t decide. Some of me feels so young and some so old. I’m a perfectly-balanced mix, I guess.”

“Ah, coward!” Flavia laughs at her. They all wait for Alonso.

He shakes his head, bemused. “I don’t know… how to fit myself into this idea. I feel… I guess… I think when I was young I was really young, even younger and more innocent than anyone here. My entire identity forever was to be this boy wonder. Remember, Amy? All our professors telling me to grow up? But then… I never did. I am like a sapling who got broken before he ever became a tree. And that makes me feel old. But I feel like… I feel like I never spent any time being an actual man, you know?”

Miriam squeezes his hand. Pradeep offers, “Isn’t that what you are doing right now? Leading this project? Being the patron of this big family? Here’s a manhood to be proud of right here, Alonso.”

“Salud. Thank you, my friend. Those are kind words…” But Alonso’s final sentence trails off. He is spent.

“Aww. Our big patron has had a big day now and it looks like he needs a big nap.” Amy steps into a cell and retrieves a blanket. “Let’s put him right back in the cell where we slept. The cots are still set up. Whose cell is this, anyway? Who did we evict?”

“Maahjabeen.” Katrina pounces on these opportunities like a cat with a mouse. Her eyes dart playfully over to where Maahjabeen stands with Pradeep. They step slightly away from each other.

“Oh?” Amy shakes her head. “So sorry to push you out. Where’d you end up sleeping last night?”

Maahjabeen just waves her hand. “I was fine. I just found a spot of my own.”

But Amy hugs her in apology. “You poor dear! You must have suffered so!”

It takes all of Katrina’s willpower not to say something.

Maahjabeen breaks away to approach Alonso. She places a hand on his arm. “Doctor, can I offer you a hand?”

“Yes… Miss Charrad…” Alonso allows her and a few others to haul him to his feet. Now his old injuries are throbbing again. Ah, well. He glimpsed health and happiness these last few days. It will be a long road back, but he is most certainly on that road now.

Mandy registers his grimace. When they get him settled, she will kneel at his bedside and put her hands on his feet again. This is a really good time for Tui Na, although she doesn’t like the damp chill in the air. Never conducive to pliable muscles and tendons. Scar tissue seems to shrink in such conditions. But there will still be things she can do to get things flowing again in his extremities.

Also, she’s still got a bit of the old MDMA afterglow coursing through her. Touching things still seems like the solution to all the world’s problems. In fact, wouldn’t deep intimate contact also be the solution to Alonso’s problems? Isn’t that how healing works?Mandy doesn’t know. But she knows who would. Katrina. “Hey… I was just thinking about working on Alonso, you know. But like, both inside and out. Not just the scars in his feet but like the scars in his brain. Those are probably even worse and we should be trying to do something about them too.”

Katrina turns surprisingly sober eyes to Mandy and she belatedly remembers Katrina’s brother Pavel. “Yeh. I think about it all the time. You know, torture is something that happens once and then it like repeats itself again and again in the victim whenever it can. And they can’t stop it. Sometimes I wish I could just cut it straight out of their heads. The trauma circuit. Just snip. Gone.”

“Yeah. Well, I was wondering if you knew at all about MDMA for PTSD. War veterans and rape victims and everyone.”

Katrina throws her hands helplessly into the air. “Of course. I’m like an expert on guided trips! I know drugs. I tried to get Pavel to do it but he wouldn’t. Not with his little sister. And he just doesn’t believe in it. So… I mean, if someone doesn’t believe an experience like that can help them then it won’t.”

“But Alonso…”

Katrina gapes at Mandy, then laughs. “Oh my god. You think? I guess I… I mean, maybe it was just really age-ist of me but I honestly didn’t think to ask him. It was such a fight with Pavel I just didn’t… Huh. Silly me. Hey, Alonso…”

Katrina and Mandy follow the others into Maahjabeen’s cell.

“Yes?” Alonso grunts from the cot. Amy is tucking a sleeping bag under his chin while Maahjabeen discreetly gathers her things for a bit of a move to another cell.

“Let’s talk drugs, mate.” Katrina sits beside Alonso on the side of the cot while Mandy kneels at his feet. She takes them into her hands and he groans.

“Drugs. Sure. I always loved drugs.”

Katrina claps. “Good man. Have you ever had Molly?”

Alonso opens his eyes to frown at Katrina. Now what kind of crazy plan is she talking about? “I never touched her.”

Miriam laughs, leaning in. “No, Zo. Molly is MDMA. What we called ecstasy back in the day. Alonso here was a major consumer of dance party drugs in the late 80s. We all were.”

“Eh. Ecstasy. Yes. I would take some and start kissing everyone. They always called me the Painted Whore.”

“Remember when you sang Happy Birthday Mr. President to Professor Bynum and grinded on his lap for his birthday?”

“Oh, god,” Alonso laughs. “I almost lost my department chair.” He sobers, thinking of the implications of their words. “But, what? You want me to take some now? I’m telling you, I just need some sleep. Then I’ll be better.”

“Not now, but maybe when you’re ready. There’s been a huge amount of documentation about how MDMA can dissociate you from traumatic emotions. You can look at them from a distance and build a new relationship with your interior reality.” Katrina knows. She’s seen it happen again and again. She’s felt it herself.

But now Alonso understands what’s expected of him. “You want me to revisit all the torture? But this time on drugs? Ah. Ladies. I can’t think of something I want to do less.”

“All I’m saying,” Katrina holds up both hands, “is that there is a significant amount of healing it can offer. Like Mandy’s hands. It only hurts at first and then it gets better. And the hurt with Molly is only the anxiety you feel beforehand. When it gets started there’s no pain at all.”

“Huh.” Now Alonso is closed off. He studies them all with heavy-lidded eyes. “That is what you think.”

Katrina pats his leg. “Well. Like I said, not now. When you’re ready, maybe. I got to see some of this Painted Whore in action, if nothing else.”

Alonso giggles, then allows himself to drift away.